Sophie

Sophie

distrib > Mageia > 7 > x86_64 > by-pkgid > 9e2c060d37796fb8413bc0d782e313da > files > 1

mingw-binutils-2.30-3.1.mga7.src.rpm

diff -rupN binutils-2.30/ld/ChangeLog binutils-2.30-new/ld/ChangeLog
--- binutils-2.30/ld/ChangeLog	2018-01-27 16:08:54.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.30-new/ld/ChangeLog	2018-06-14 16:31:29.314219791 +0200
@@ -1,3 +1,17 @@
+2018-02-05  Nick Clifton  <nickc@redhat.com>
+
+	Import from mainline:
+
+	2018-02-03  Nick Clifton  <nickc@redhat.com>
+
+	PR 22762
+	* scripttempl/pe.sc: Remove PROVIDE()s from __CTOR_LIST__ and
+	__DTOR_LIST__ symbols.  Add a comment explaining why this is
+	necessary.
+	* scripttemp/pep.sc: Likewise.
+	* ld.texinfo (PROVIDE): Add a note about the effect of common
+	symbols.
+
 2018-01-27  Nick Clifton  <nickc@redhat.com>
 
 	This is the 2.30 release:
diff -rupN binutils-2.30/ld/ChangeLog.orig binutils-2.30-new/ld/ChangeLog.orig
--- binutils-2.30/ld/ChangeLog.orig	2018-01-27 15:04:49.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.30-new/ld/ChangeLog.orig	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
@@ -1,285 +0,0 @@
-2018-01-25  Eric Botcazou  <ebotcazou@adacore.com>
-
-	* testsuite/ld-sparc/sparc.exp (32-bit: Helper shared library):
-	Link with a version script.
-	(32-bit: TLS -fpie): New test.
-	(64-bit: Helper shared library): Link with a version script.
-	(64-bit: TLS -fpie): New test.
-	(64-bit: GOTDATA relocations): Pass -Av9 to the assembler.
-	* testsuite/ld-sparc/tlslib.ver: New file.
-	* testsuite/ld-sparc/tlspie32.dd: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-sparc/tlspie32.s: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-sparc/tlspie64.dd: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-sparc/tlspie64.s: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-sparc/tlssunbin32.dd: Adjust for versioned symbol.
-	* testsuite/ld-sparc/tlssunbin32.rd: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-sparc/tlssunbin32.sd: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-sparc/tlssunbin64.dd: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-sparc/tlssunbin64.rd: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-sparc/tlssunbin64.sd: Likewise.
-
-2018-01-23  Nick Clifton  <nickc@redhat.com>
-
-	* configure: Regenerate.
-
-2018-01-20  H.J. Lu  <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
-
-	PR ld/22721
-	* testsuite/ld-plugin/lto.exp: Run PR ld/22721 tests.
-	* testsuite/ld-plugin/pr22721.t: New file.
-	* testsuite/ld-plugin/pr22721a.s: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-plugin/pr22721b.c: Likewise.
-
-2018-01-18  Alan Modra  <amodra@gmail.com>
-
-	* emultempl/ppc32elf.em: Support optional --plt-align arg.
-	* emultempl/ppc64elf.em: Support negative --plt-align arg.
-
-2018-01-18  Alan Modra  <amodra@gmail.com>
-
-	* emultempl/ppc32elf.em (params): Init new field.
-	(OPTION_SPECULATE_INDIRECT_JUMPS): Define.
-	(OPTION_NO_SPECULATE_INDIRECT_JUMPS): Define.
-	(PARSE_AND_LIST_LONGOPTS): Handle new options.
-	(PARSE_AND_LIST_ARGS_CASES): Likewise.
-	(PARSE_AND_LIST_OPTIONS): Likewise.
-	* emultempl/ppc64elf.em (params): Init new field.
-	(OPTION_SPECULATE_INDIRECT_JUMPS): Define.
-	(OPTION_NO_SPECULATE_INDIRECT_JUMPS): Define.
-	(PARSE_AND_LIST_LONGOPTS): Handle --speculate-indirect-jumps.
-	(PARSE_AND_LIST_OPTIONS): Likewise.
-	(PARSE_AND_LIST_ARGS_CASES): Likewise.
-	* ld.texinfo (--no-plt-thread-safe): Correct itemx.
-	(--speculate-indirect-jumps): Document.
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/elfv2exe.d,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/elfv2so.d,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/relbrlt.d,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/powerpc.exp: Disable plt alignment and
-	speculation barriers on various tests.
-
-2018-01-18  Alan Modra  <amodra@gmail.com>
-
-	* emultempl/ppc32elf.em (params): Init new field.
-	(enum ppc32_opt): New enum to define OPTION_* values.  Add
-	OPTION_PLT_ALIGN and OPTION_NO_PLT_ALIGN.
-	(PARSE_AND_LIST_LONGOPTS): Handle new options.
-	(PARSE_AND_LIST_ARGS_CASES): Likewise.
-	(PARSE_AND_LIST_OPTIONS): Likewise.  Break up help output.
-	* emultempl/ppc64elf.em (ppc_add_stub_section): Init alignment
-	correctly for negative --plt-stub-align.
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/elfv2exe.d,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/elfv2so.d,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/relbrlt.d,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/relbrlt.s,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/tlsexe.d,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/tlsexe.r,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/tlsexe32.d,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/tlsexe32.g,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/tlsexe32.r,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/tlsexetoc.d,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/tlsexetoc.r,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/tlsopt5_32.d,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/tlsso.d,
-	* testsuite/ld-powerpc/tlstocso.d: Update for changed stub order.
-
-2018-01-16  Nick Clifton  <nickc@redhat.com>
-
-	* po/pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portugese translation.
-
-2018-01-15  Nick Clifton  <nickc@redhat.com>
-
-	* po/uk.po: Updated Ukranian translation.
-
-2018-01-13  Nick Clifton  <nickc@redhat.com>
-
-	* po/ld.pot: Regenerate.
-	* configure: Regenerate.
-
-2018-01-13  Nick Clifton  <nickc@redhat.com>
-
-	2.30 branch created.
-	* NEWS: Add marker for 2.30.
-
-2018-01-12  Alan Modra  <amodra@gmail.com>
-
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/elf.exp: xfail "pr22374 function pointer
-	initialization" for currently failing targets.
-
-2018-01-12  Alan Modra  <amodra@gmail.com>
-
-	PR ld/22649
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22649.msg: Allow other messages.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/shared.exp: Check that --gc-sections is
-	supported before running ld/22649 tests.
-
-2018-01-12  Nick Clifton  <nickc@redhat.com>
-
-	* emultempl/elf32.em (_handle_option): Add support for "-z undefs"
-	as the opposite of "-z defs".
-	* ld.texinfo: Document the new option.  Update the description of
-	the -z defs option to make it clear that it does generate an error
-	if an undefined symbol reference is found in an object file whilst
-	creating a shared library.
-	* NEWS: Document this new feature.
-
-2018-01-11  H.J. Lu  <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
-
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-2a.rd: Replace "-z textonly" with
-	"-z separate-code".
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-2b.rd: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-x86-64/pr22393-3a.rd: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-x86-64/pr22393-3b.rd: Likewise.
-
-2018-01-11  H.J. Lu  <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
-
-	PR ld/22393
-	* testsuite/ld-x86-64/pr22393-3a.c: New file.
-	* testsuite/ld-x86-64/pr22393-3a.rd: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-x86-64/pr22393-3b.c: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-x86-64/pr22393-3b.rd: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-x86-64/x86-64.exp: Run tests for -z separate-code
-	-z max-page-size=0x1000.
-
-2018-01-11  H.J. Lu  <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
-
-	PR ld/22393
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr16322.d: Add -z noseparate-code.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-1.s: New file.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-1a.d: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-1b.d: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-1c.d: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-1d.d: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-1e.d: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-1f.d: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-2a.c: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-2a.rd: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-2b.c: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22393-2b.rd: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/shared.exp: Run tests for -z separate-code.
-
-2018-01-11  H.J. Lu  <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
-
-	PR ld/22393
-	* NEWS: Mention "-z separate-code".
-	* emultempl/elf32.em (gld${EMULATION_NAME}_get_script): Get
-	builtin linker scripts and return linker scripts from disk for
-	"-z separate-code".
-	(gld${EMULATION_NAME}_handle_option): Handle "-z separate-code"
-	and "-z noseparate-code".
-	* genscripts.sh: Generate linker scripts for "-z separate-code".
-	(LD_FLAG): Set to *textonly for "-z separate-code".
-	* ld.texinfo: Document "-z separate-code".
-	* lexsup.c (elf_shlib_list_options): Add linker help messsages
-	for "-z separate-code" and "-z noseparate-code".
-	* scripttempl/elf.sc (SEPARATE_TEXT): New
-	(TEXT_SEGMENT_ALIGN): Likewise.
-	Use ${TEXT_SEGMENT_ALIGN} to align and pad text segment to
-	${MAXPAGESIZE}.
-
-2018-01-11  H.J. Lu  <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
-
-	PR ld/22649
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22649-1.s: New file.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22649-2a.s: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22649-2b.s: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22649.msg: Likewise.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/shared.exp: Run ld/22649 tests.
-
-2018-01-11  H.J. Lu  <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
-
-	PR ld/22677
-	* scripttempl/elf.sc (PREINIT_ARRAY): New.
-	Don't add .preinit_array for ld -r.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22677.d: New file.
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/pr22677.s: Likewise.
-
-2018-01-11  Andrew Burgess  <andrew.burgess@embecosm.com>
-
-	* ldexp.h (union etree_union): Remove defsym field.
-	* ldexp.c (exp_assop): Remove defsym parameter, and use of defsym
-	parameter.
-	(exp_assign): Remove passing of defsym parameter.
-	(exp_defsym): Likewise.
-	(exp_provide): Likewise.
-
-2018-01-11  Andrew Burgess  <andrew.burgess@embecosm.com>
-
-	* ldexp.c (exp_fold_tree_1): Rework condition underwhich provide
-	nodes are ignored in the tree walk, and move the location at which
-	we change provide nodes into provided nodes.
-	(exp_init_os): Add etree_provided.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-6.d: New file.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-6.t: New file.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-7.d: New file.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-7.t: New file.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-8.d: New file.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-8.t: New file.
-
-2018-01-11  Andrew Burgess  <andrew.burgess@embecosm.com>
-
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-3.d: Add xfail directive.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-4.d: Use new map file name.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-5.d: Use new map file name.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-4-map.d: Renamed to...
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-4.map: ...this.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-5-map.d: Renamed to...
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-5.map: ...this.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide.exp: Move xfail into provide-3.d
-	file, and run tests in a loop.
-
-2018-01-11  Andrew Burgess  <andrew.burgess@embecosm.com>
-
-	* ldexp.c (exp_print_tree): Use '=' instead of ',' when printing
-	PROVIDE statements.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-4.map: Update expected output.
-	* testsuite/ld-scripts/provide-5.map: Likewise.
-
-2018-01-11  H.J. Lu  <hongjiu.lu@intel.com>
-
-	PR ld/22696
-	* scripttempl/elf.sc: Fix the order of SHLIB_RODATA_ADDR.
-
-2018-01-09  Jim Wilson  <jimw@sifive.com>
-
-	* testsuite/ld-elf/eh-frame-hdr.d (#xfail): Delete
-	(#alltargets): Renamed from #target.  Add shared.
-	* testsuite/lib/ld-lib.exp (run_dump_test): Document shared target.
-	Document alltargets option.  Add support for alltargets option.
-	(istarget): Add support for shared target.
-
-2018-01-08  Jim Wilson  <jimw@sifive.com>
-
-	* testsuite/ld-riscv-elf/c-lui.d: Don't use -shared.  Check for _start
-	instead of .text.
-	* testsuite/ld-riscv-elf/c-lui.s: Add _start label.
-	* testsuite/ld-riscv-elf/ld-riscv-elf.exp: Before __global_pointer$
-	tests, add call to check_shared_lib_support.
-
-2018-01-05  Jim Wilson  <jimw@sifive.com>
-
-	* testsuite/ld-riscv-elf/disas-jalr.d: New.
-	* testsuite/ld-riscv-elf/disas-jalr.s: New.
-	* testsuite/ld-riscv-elf/ld-riscv-elf.exp: Run new testcase.
-
-	* emulparams/elf32lriscv-defs.sh (GENERATE_SHLIB_SCRIPT): Move inside
-	case on $target, and don't set for riscv*-elf targets.
-	(GENERATE_PIE_SCRIPT): Likewise.
-
-2018-01-03  Alan Modra  <amodra@gmail.com>
-
-	Update year range in copyright notice of all files.
-
-For older changes see ChangeLog-2017
-
-Copyright (C) 2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
-are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
-notice and this notice are preserved.
-
-Local Variables:
-mode: change-log
-left-margin: 8
-fill-column: 74
-version-control: never
-End:
diff -rupN binutils-2.30/ld/ldlang.c.orig binutils-2.30-new/ld/ldlang.c.orig
--- binutils-2.30/ld/ldlang.c.orig	2018-01-13 14:31:16.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.30-new/ld/ldlang.c.orig	1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
@@ -1,8782 +0,0 @@
-/* Linker command language support.
-   Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-   (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
-   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
-
-#include "sysdep.h"
-#include "bfd.h"
-#include "libiberty.h"
-#include "filenames.h"
-#include "safe-ctype.h"
-#include "obstack.h"
-#include "bfdlink.h"
-
-#include "ld.h"
-#include "ldmain.h"
-#include "ldexp.h"
-#include "ldlang.h"
-#include <ldgram.h>
-#include "ldlex.h"
-#include "ldmisc.h"
-#include "ldctor.h"
-#include "ldfile.h"
-#include "ldemul.h"
-#include "fnmatch.h"
-#include "demangle.h"
-#include "hashtab.h"
-#include "elf-bfd.h"
-#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
-#include "plugin.h"
-#endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
-
-#ifndef offsetof
-#define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
-#endif
-
-/* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
-   For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
-   of two, so we can use shifts.  */
-#define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
-#define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
-
-/* Local variables.  */
-static struct obstack stat_obstack;
-static struct obstack map_obstack;
-
-#define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
-#define obstack_chunk_free free
-static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
-static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
-static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
-static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
-static bfd_vma print_dot;
-static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
-static const char *current_target;
-static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
-static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
-static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
-static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
-static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
-static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
-
-/* Forward declarations.  */
-static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
-static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
-static void insert_undefined (const char *);
-static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
-static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
-			     lang_output_section_statement_type *);
-static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
-				  lang_output_section_statement_type *);
-static void print_statements (void);
-static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
-static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
-static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
-static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
-static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
-  (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
-static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
-
-/* Exported variables.  */
-const char *output_target;
-lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
-lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
-lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
-lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
-lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
-struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
-const char *entry_section = ".text";
-struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
-bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
-bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
-bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
-bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
-bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
-bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
-struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
-struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
-struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
-
- /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
-    DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal.  */
-int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
-
-/* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
-   Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
-   wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
-   be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
-   That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally.  */
-#define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
-
-#define new_stat(x, y) \
-  (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
-
-#define outside_section_address(q) \
-  ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
-
-#define outside_symbol_address(q) \
-  ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
-
-#define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
-
-void *
-stat_alloc (size_t size)
-{
-  return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
-}
-
-static int
-name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
-{
-  if (wildcardp (pattern))
-    return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
-  return strcmp (pattern, name);
-}
-
-/* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
-   separator.  If not, return NULL.  */
-
-static char *
-archive_path (const char *pattern)
-{
-  char *p = NULL;
-
-  if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
-    return p;
-
-  p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
-#ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
-  if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
-    return p;
-
-  /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
-     as in "c:\silly.dos".  */
-  if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
-    p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
-#endif
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
-   return whether F matches FILE_SPEC.  */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
-				 lang_input_statement_type *f)
-{
-  bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
-
-  if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
-       || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
-      && ((sep != file_spec)
-	  == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
-    {
-      match = TRUE;
-
-      if (sep != file_spec)
-	{
-	  const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
-	  *sep = 0;
-	  match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
-	  *sep = link_info.path_separator;
-	}
-    }
-  return match;
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
-		  const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
-{
-  struct unique_sections *unam;
-  const char *secnam;
-
-  if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
-      && sec->owner != NULL
-      && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
-    return !(os != NULL
-	     && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
-
-  secnam = sec->name;
-  for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
-    if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
-      return TRUE;
-
-  return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections.  */
-
-/* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
-   false.  */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
-				lang_input_statement_type *file)
-{
-  struct name_list *list_tmp;
-
-  for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
-       list_tmp;
-       list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
-    {
-      char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
-
-      if (p != NULL)
-	{
-	  if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
-	    return TRUE;
-	}
-
-      else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
-	return TRUE;
-
-      /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage?  Matching
-	 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
-	 been superceded by the archive:path syntax.  */
-      else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
-	       && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
-	       && name_match (list_tmp->name,
-			      file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-
-  return FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Try processing a section against a wildcard.  This just calls
-   the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
-   and excludes the file.  It's hardly ever present so this
-   function is very fast.  */
-
-static void
-walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
-			    lang_input_statement_type *file,
-			    asection *s,
-			    struct wildcard_list *sec,
-			    callback_t callback,
-			    void *data)
-{
-  /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded.  */
-  if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
-    return;
-
-  (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
-}
-
-/* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
-   but slowly.  */
-
-static void
-walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
-			   lang_input_statement_type *file,
-			   callback_t callback,
-			   void *data)
-{
-  asection *s;
-  struct wildcard_list *sec;
-
-  for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
-    {
-      sec = ptr->section_list;
-      if (sec == NULL)
-	(*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
-
-      while (sec != NULL)
-	{
-	  bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
-
-	  if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
-	    {
-	      const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
-
-	      skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
-	    }
-
-	  if (!skip)
-	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
-
-	  sec = sec->next;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/* Routines to find a single section given its name.  If there's more
-   than one section with that name, we report that.  */
-
-typedef struct
-{
-  asection *found_section;
-  bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
-} section_iterator_callback_data;
-
-static bfd_boolean
-section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
-{
-  section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
-
-  if (d->found_section != NULL)
-    {
-      d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
-      return TRUE;
-    }
-
-  d->found_section = s;
-  return FALSE;
-}
-
-static asection *
-find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
-	      struct wildcard_list *sec,
-	      bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
-{
-  section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
-
-  bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
-			      section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
-  *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
-  return cb_data.found_section;
-}
-
-/* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
-   which can be expensive because of charset translations etc.  */
-
-/* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
-   where the literal part is at least 4 characters long.  */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-is_simple_wild (const char *name)
-{
-  size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
-  return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
-{
-  /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
-     non-wildcard characters.  So we can go faster.  */
-  if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
-      || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
-    return FALSE;
-
-  pattern += 4;
-  name += 4;
-  while (*pattern != '*')
-    if (*name++ != *pattern++)
-      return FALSE;
-
-  return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
-   section name NAME.  */
-
-static unsigned long
-get_init_priority (const char *name)
-{
-  char *end;
-  unsigned long init_priority;
-
-  /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
-     attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
-     lower value means a higher priority.
-
-     1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
-	decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
-	The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
-	.fini_array is backward.
-     2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
-	decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
-	The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
-	is forward.
-   */
-  if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
-      || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
-    {
-      init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
-      return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
-    }
-  else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
-	   || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
-    {
-      init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
-      return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT.  */
-
-static int
-compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
-{
-  int ret;
-  unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
-
-  switch (sort)
-    {
-    default:
-      abort ();
-
-    case by_init_priority:
-      ainit_priority
-	= get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
-      binit_priority
-	= get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
-      if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
-	goto sort_by_name;
-      ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
-      if (ret)
-	break;
-      else
-	goto sort_by_name;
-
-    case by_alignment_name:
-      ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
-	     - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
-      if (ret)
-	break;
-      /* Fall through.  */
-
-    case by_name:
-sort_by_name:
-      ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
-		    bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
-      break;
-
-    case by_name_alignment:
-      ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
-		    bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
-      if (ret)
-	break;
-      /* Fall through.  */
-
-    case by_alignment:
-      ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
-	     - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
-      break;
-    }
-
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
-   used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
-   of sections are large.  */
-
-static lang_section_bst_type **
-wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
-		struct wildcard_list *sec,
-		lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-		asection *section)
-{
-  lang_section_bst_type **tree;
-
-  tree = &wild->tree;
-  if (!wild->filenames_sorted
-      && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
-    {
-      /* Append at the right end of tree.  */
-      while (*tree)
-	tree = &((*tree)->right);
-      return tree;
-    }
-
-  while (*tree)
-    {
-      /* Find the correct node to append this section.  */
-      if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
-	tree = &((*tree)->left);
-      else
-	tree = &((*tree)->right);
-    }
-
-  return tree;
-}
-
-/* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections.  */
-
-static void
-output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
-			      struct wildcard_list *sec,
-			      asection *section,
-			      struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-			      lang_input_statement_type *file,
-			      void *output)
-{
-  lang_section_bst_type *node;
-  lang_section_bst_type **tree;
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-
-  os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
-
-  if (unique_section_p (section, os))
-    return;
-
-  node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
-  node->left = 0;
-  node->right = 0;
-  node->section = section;
-
-  tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
-  if (tree != NULL)
-    *tree = node;
-}
-
-/* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form.  */
-
-static void
-output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
-				      lang_section_bst_type *tree,
-				      void *output)
-{
-  if (tree->left)
-    output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
-
-  lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
-		    (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
-
-  if (tree->right)
-    output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
-
-  free (tree);
-}
-
-/* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
-   wildcards */
-
-static void
-walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
-				lang_input_statement_type *file,
-				callback_t callback,
-				void *data)
-{
-  /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
-     But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
-     (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
-     we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
-     get processed in the bfd's order.  */
-  bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
-  struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
-  asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
-
-  if (multiple_sections_found)
-    walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
-  else if (s0)
-    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
-}
-
-static void
-walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
-				lang_input_statement_type *file,
-				callback_t callback,
-				void *data)
-{
-  asection *s;
-  struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
-
-  for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
-    {
-      const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
-      bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
-
-      if (!skip)
-	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
-				lang_input_statement_type *file,
-				callback_t callback,
-				void *data)
-{
-  asection *s;
-  struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
-  struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
-  bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
-  asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
-
-  if (multiple_sections_found)
-    {
-      walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
-     we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below.  */
-  for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
-    {
-      /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
-	 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
-	 wildspec1.  */
-      if (s == s0)
-	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
-      else
-	{
-	  const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
-	  bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
-
-	  if (!skip)
-	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
-					data);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
-				lang_input_statement_type *file,
-				callback_t callback,
-				void *data)
-{
-  asection *s;
-  struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
-  struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
-  struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
-  bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
-  asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
-
-  if (multiple_sections_found)
-    {
-      walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
-    {
-      if (s == s0)
-	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
-      else
-	{
-	  const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
-	  bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
-
-	  if (!skip)
-	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
-	  else
-	    {
-	      skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
-	      if (!skip)
-		walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
-					    data);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
-				lang_input_statement_type *file,
-				callback_t callback,
-				void *data)
-{
-  asection *s;
-  struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
-  struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
-  struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
-  struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
-  bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
-  asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
-
-  if (multiple_sections_found)
-    {
-      walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
-  if (multiple_sections_found)
-    {
-      walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
-    {
-      if (s == s0)
-	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
-      else
-	if (s == s1)
-	  walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
-	else
-	  {
-	    const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
-	    bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
-						   sname);
-
-	    if (!skip)
-	      walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
-					  data);
-	    else
-	      {
-		skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
-		if (!skip)
-		  walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
-					      callback, data);
-	      }
-	  }
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
-		   lang_input_statement_type *file,
-		   callback_t callback,
-		   void *data)
-{
-  if (file->flags.just_syms)
-    return;
-
-  (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
-}
-
-/* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
-   something name2 can match.  We're conservative: we return FALSE
-   only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
-   first wildcard character.  */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
-{
-  size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
-  size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
-  size_t min_prefix_len;
-
-  /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
-     terminating 0 as part of the prefix.  Thus ".text" won't match
-     ".text." or ".text.*", for example.  */
-  if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
-    prefix1_len++;
-  if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
-    prefix2_len++;
-
-  min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
-
-  return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
-}
-
-/* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
-   statements.  */
-
-static void
-analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
-{
-  int sec_count = 0;
-  int wild_name_count = 0;
-  struct wildcard_list *sec;
-  int signature;
-  int data_counter;
-
-  ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
-  ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
-  ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
-  ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
-  ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
-  ptr->tree = NULL;
-
-  /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
-     actually use wildcards in the name.  Also, bail out if any of the
-     wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
-     walk_wild_section used to test for it.)  And bail out if any
-     of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
-     ending in a single '*'.  */
-  for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
-    {
-      ++sec_count;
-      if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
-	return;
-      if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
-	{
-	  ++wild_name_count;
-	  if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
-     happen in practice.  Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
-     happen in practice.  */
-  if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
-    return;
-
-  /* Check that no two specs can match the same section.  */
-  for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
-    {
-      struct wildcard_list *sec2;
-      for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
-	{
-	  if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-
-  signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
-  switch (signature)
-    {
-    case 0x0100:
-      ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
-      break;
-    case 0x0101:
-      ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
-      break;
-    case 0x0201:
-      ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
-      break;
-    case 0x0302:
-      ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
-      break;
-    case 0x0402:
-      ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
-      break;
-    default:
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
-     specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
-     names.  It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
-     given order, because we've already determined that no section
-     will match more than one spec.  */
-  data_counter = 0;
-  for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
-    if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
-      ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
-  for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
-    if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
-      ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
-}
-
-/* Handle a wild statement for a single file F.  */
-
-static void
-walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
-		lang_input_statement_type *f,
-		callback_t callback,
-		void *data)
-{
-  if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
-    return;
-
-  if (f->the_bfd == NULL
-      || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
-    walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
-  else
-    {
-      bfd *member;
-
-      /* This is an archive file.  We must map each member of the
-	 archive separately.  */
-      member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
-      while (member != NULL)
-	{
-	  /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
-	     entry point for the archive.  For each element of the
-	     archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
-	     which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
-	     lang_input_statement.  */
-	  if (member->usrdata != NULL)
-	    {
-	      walk_wild_section (s,
-				 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
-				 callback, data);
-	    }
-
-	  member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
-{
-  const char *file_spec = s->filename;
-  char *p;
-
-  if (file_spec == NULL)
-    {
-      /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list.  */
-      LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
-	{
-	  walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
-	}
-    }
-  else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
-    {
-      LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
-	{
-	  if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
-	    walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
-	}
-    }
-  else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
-    {
-      LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
-	{
-	  if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
-	    walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      lang_input_statement_type *f;
-
-      /* Perform the iteration over a single file.  */
-      f = lookup_name (file_spec);
-      if (f)
-	walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
-    }
-}
-
-/* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
-   function for each node, except those inside output section statements
-   with constraint set to -1.  */
-
-void
-lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
-				lang_statement_union_type *s)
-{
-  for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
-    {
-      func (s);
-
-      switch (s->header.type)
-	{
-	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
-	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
-	  break;
-	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
-	  if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
-	    lang_for_each_statement_worker
-	      (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
-	  break;
-	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
-	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
-					  s->wild_statement.children.head);
-	  break;
-	case lang_group_statement_enum:
-	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
-					  s->group_statement.children.head);
-	  break;
-	case lang_data_statement_enum:
-	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
-	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
-	case lang_output_statement_enum:
-	case lang_target_statement_enum:
-	case lang_input_section_enum:
-	case lang_input_statement_enum:
-	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
-	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
-	case lang_address_statement_enum:
-	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
-	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  FAIL ();
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-void
-lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
-{
-  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
-}
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-void
-lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
-{
-  list->head = NULL;
-  list->tail = &list->head;
-}
-
-void
-push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
-{
-  if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
-    abort ();
-  *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
-  stat_ptr = new_ptr;
-}
-
-void
-pop_stat_ptr (void)
-{
-  if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
-    abort ();
-  stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
-}
-
-/* Build a new statement node for the parse tree.  */
-
-static lang_statement_union_type *
-new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
-	       size_t size,
-	       lang_statement_list_type *list)
-{
-  lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
-
-  new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
-  new_stmt->header.type = type;
-  new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
-  lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
-  return new_stmt;
-}
-
-/* Build a new input file node for the language.  There are several
-   ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
-   or prefix it with a -l etc.
-
-   We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
-   they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
-   foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
-   got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd.  */
-
-static lang_input_statement_type *
-new_afile (const char *name,
-	   lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
-	   const char *target,
-	   bfd_boolean add_to_list)
-{
-  lang_input_statement_type *p;
-
-  lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
-
-  if (add_to_list)
-    p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
-  else
-    {
-      p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
-	  stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
-      p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
-      p->header.next = NULL;
-    }
-
-  memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
-	  sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
-  p->target = target;
-  p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
-  p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
-  p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
-  p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
-  p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
-
-  switch (file_type)
-    {
-    case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
-      p->filename = name;
-      p->local_sym_name = name;
-      p->flags.real = TRUE;
-      p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
-      break;
-    case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
-      p->filename = name;
-      p->local_sym_name = name;
-      break;
-    case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
-      if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
-	{
-	  p->filename = name + 1;
-	  p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
-	}
-      else
-	p->filename = name;
-      p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
-      p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
-      p->flags.real = TRUE;
-      p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
-      break;
-    case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
-      p->filename = name;
-      p->local_sym_name = name;
-      p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
-      break;
-    case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
-      p->filename = name;
-      p->local_sym_name = name;
-      p->flags.real = TRUE;
-      p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
-      break;
-    case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
-      p->filename = name;
-      p->local_sym_name = name;
-      p->flags.real = TRUE;
-      break;
-    default:
-      FAIL ();
-    }
-
-  lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
-			 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
-			 &p->next_real_file);
-  return p;
-}
-
-lang_input_statement_type *
-lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
-		     lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
-		     const char *target)
-{
-  if (name != NULL
-      && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
-    {
-      lang_input_statement_type *ret;
-      char *sysrooted_name
-	= concat (ld_sysroot,
-		  name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
-		  (const char *) NULL);
-
-      /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
-	 file independent of the context.  Therefore, temporarily
-	 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
-	 get the sysroot prepended again when opened.  (N.B. if it's a
-	 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
-	 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
-	 within the sysroot subdirectory.)  */
-      unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
-      input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
-      ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
-      input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
-      return ret;
-    }
-
-  return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
-}
-
-struct out_section_hash_entry
-{
-  struct bfd_hash_entry root;
-  lang_statement_union_type s;
-};
-
-/* The hash table.  */
-
-static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
-
-/* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
-   initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table.  */
-
-static struct bfd_hash_entry *
-output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
-				  struct bfd_hash_table *table,
-				  const char *string)
-{
-  lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
-  struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
-
-  if (entry == NULL)
-    {
-      entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
-							   sizeof (*ret));
-      if (entry == NULL)
-	return entry;
-    }
-
-  entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
-  if (entry == NULL)
-    return entry;
-
-  ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
-  memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
-  ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
-  ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = -1;
-  ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = -1;
-  ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
-  lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
-  lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
-
-  /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
-     first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
-     field of the last element of the list.  */
-  if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
-    ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
-      = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
-	 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
-	  - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
-
-  /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
-     address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
-     instead.  */
-  nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
-  lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
-			 &ret->s,
-			 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
-  return &ret->root;
-}
-
-static void
-output_section_statement_table_init (void)
-{
-  if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
-			      output_section_statement_newfunc,
-			      sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
-			      61))
-    einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
-}
-
-static void
-output_section_statement_table_free (void)
-{
-  bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
-}
-
-/* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree.  */
-
-void
-lang_init (void)
-{
-  obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
-
-  stat_ptr = &statement_list;
-
-  output_section_statement_table_init ();
-
-  lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
-
-  lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
-  lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
-  lang_list_init (&file_chain);
-  first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
-				    NULL);
-  abs_output_section =
-    lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
-
-  abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
-
-  asneeded_list_head = NULL;
-  asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
-}
-
-void
-lang_finish (void)
-{
-  output_section_statement_table_free ();
-}
-
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
-  A region is an area of memory declared with the
-  MEMORY {  name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
-  syntax.
-
-  We maintain a list of all the regions here.
-
-  If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
-  which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
-
-  If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
-  In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
-  already been created.  If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
-  dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
-  and so we issue a warning.
-
-  Each region has at least one name.  The first name is either
-  DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block.  You can add
-  alias names to an existing region within a script with
-  REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name).  Each name corresponds to at most one
-  region.  */
-
-static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
-static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
-  = &lang_memory_region_list;
-
-lang_memory_region_type *
-lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
-{
-  lang_memory_region_name *n;
-  lang_memory_region_type *r;
-  lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
-
-  /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified.  */
-  if (name == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
-    for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
-      if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
-	{
-	  if (create)
-	    einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
-		   NULL, name);
-	  return r;
-	}
-
-  if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
-    einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
-	   NULL, name);
-
-  new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
-      stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
-
-  new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
-  new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
-  new_region->next = NULL;
-  new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
-  new_region->origin = 0;
-  new_region->length_exp = NULL;
-  new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
-  new_region->current = 0;
-  new_region->last_os = NULL;
-  new_region->flags = 0;
-  new_region->not_flags = 0;
-  new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
-
-  *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
-  lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
-
-  return new_region;
-}
-
-void
-lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
-{
-  lang_memory_region_name *n;
-  lang_memory_region_type *r;
-  lang_memory_region_type *region;
-
-  /* The default region must be unique.  This ensures that it is not necessary
-     to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
-     the default memory region.  */
-  if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
-      || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
-    einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
-
-  /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
-     in use.  */
-  region = NULL;
-  for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
-    for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
-      {
-	if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
-	  region = r;
-	if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
-	  einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: redefinition of memory region "
-		   "alias `%s'\n"),
-		 NULL, alias);
-      }
-
-  /* Check if the target region exists.  */
-  if (region == NULL)
-    einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: memory region `%s' "
-	     "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
-	   NULL, region_name, alias);
-
-  /* Add alias to region name list.  */
-  n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
-  n->name = xstrdup (alias);
-  n->next = region->name_list.next;
-  region->name_list.next = n;
-}
-
-static lang_memory_region_type *
-lang_memory_default (asection *section)
-{
-  lang_memory_region_type *p;
-
-  flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
-
-  /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section.  */
-  if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
-    sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
-
-  for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
-    {
-      if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
-	  && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
-	{
-	  return p;
-	}
-    }
-  return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
-}
-
-/* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata.  */
-
-lang_output_section_statement_type *
-lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
-{
-  return get_userdata (output_section);
-}
-
-/* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
-   If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
-   match any non-negative constraint.  If CREATE, always make a
-   new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT.  */
-
-lang_output_section_statement_type *
-lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
-				      int constraint,
-				      bfd_boolean create)
-{
-  struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
-
-  entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
-	   bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
-			    create, FALSE));
-  if (entry == NULL)
-    {
-      if (create)
-	einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
-      return NULL;
-    }
-
-  if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
-    {
-      /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
-	 constraint.  */
-      struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
-
-      name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
-      if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
-	/* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
-	   and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
-	   but that shouldn't matter.  */
-	last_ent = entry;
-      else
-	do
-	  {
-	    if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
-		|| (constraint == 0
-		    && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
-	      return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
-	    last_ent = entry;
-	    entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
-	  }
-	while (entry != NULL
-	       && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
-
-      if (!create)
-	return NULL;
-
-      entry
-	= ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
-	   output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
-					     &output_section_statement_table,
-					     name));
-      if (entry == NULL)
-	{
-	  einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
-	  return NULL;
-	}
-      entry->root = last_ent->root;
-      last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
-    }
-
-  entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
-  entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
-  return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
-}
-
-/* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
-   If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
-   match any non-negative constraint.  */
-
-lang_output_section_statement_type *
-next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
-					int constraint)
-{
-  /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
-     struct out_section_hash_entry.  */
-  struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
-    ((char *) os
-     - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
-  const char *name = os->name;
-
-  ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
-  do
-    {
-      entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
-      if (entry == NULL
-	  || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
-	return NULL;
-    }
-  while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
-	 && (constraint != 0
-	     || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
-
-  return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
-}
-
-/* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
-   Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
-   statement for SEC.  If an exact match is found on certain flags,
-   sets *EXACT too.  */
-
-lang_output_section_statement_type *
-lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
-				   flagword sec_flags,
-				   lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
-				   lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
-{
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
-  flagword look_flags, differ;
-
-  /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*.  May as well
-     skip it.  */
-  first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
-  first = first->next;
-
-  /* First try for an exact match.  */
-  found = NULL;
-  for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
-    {
-      look_flags = look->flags;
-      if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
-	{
-	  look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
-	  if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
-					 look->bfd_section,
-					 sec->owner, sec))
-	    continue;
-	}
-      differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
-      if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
-		      | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
-	found = look;
-    }
-  if (found != NULL)
-    {
-      if (exact != NULL)
-	*exact = found;
-      return found;
-    }
-
-  if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
-      && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
-    {
-      /* Try for a rw code section.  */
-      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
-	{
-	  look_flags = look->flags;
-	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
-	    {
-	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
-	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
-					     look->bfd_section,
-					     sec->owner, sec))
-		continue;
-	    }
-	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
-	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
-			  | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
-	    found = look;
-	}
-    }
-  else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
-	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
-    {
-      /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata.  */
-      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
-	{
-	  look_flags = look->flags;
-	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
-	    {
-	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
-	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
-					     look->bfd_section,
-					     sec->owner, sec))
-		continue;
-	    }
-	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
-	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
-			  | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
-	      || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
-			      | SEC_READONLY))
-		  && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
-	    found = look;
-	}
-    }
-  else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
-	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
-    {
-      /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata.  Treat .tbss
-	 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type.  */
-      bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
-
-      match_type = NULL;
-      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
-	{
-	  look_flags = look->flags;
-	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
-	    look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
-
-	  differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
-	  if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
-	    {
-	      /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order.  */
-	      if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
-		  && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
-		/* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
-		   a .tdata section stop looking and return the
-		   previous section.  */
-		break;
-	      found = look;
-	      seen_thread_local = TRUE;
-	    }
-	  else if (seen_thread_local)
-	    break;
-	  else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
-	    found = look;
-	}
-    }
-  else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
-	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
-    {
-      /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata.  */
-      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
-	{
-	  look_flags = look->flags;
-	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
-	    {
-	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
-	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
-					     look->bfd_section,
-					     sec->owner, sec))
-		continue;
-	    }
-	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
-	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
-			  | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
-	      || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
-		  && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
-	    found = look;
-	}
-    }
-  else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
-	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
-    {
-      /* .data goes after .rodata.  */
-      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
-	{
-	  look_flags = look->flags;
-	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
-	    {
-	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
-	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
-					     look->bfd_section,
-					     sec->owner, sec))
-		continue;
-	    }
-	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
-	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
-			  | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
-	    found = look;
-	}
-    }
-  else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
-    {
-      /* .bss goes after any other alloc section.  */
-      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
-	{
-	  look_flags = look->flags;
-	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
-	    {
-	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
-	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
-					     look->bfd_section,
-					     sec->owner, sec))
-		continue;
-	    }
-	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
-	  if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
-	    found = look;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* non-alloc go last.  */
-      for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
-	{
-	  look_flags = look->flags;
-	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
-	    look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
-	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
-	  if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
-	    found = look;
-	}
-      return found;
-    }
-
-  if (found || !match_type)
-    return found;
-
-  return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
-}
-
-/* Find the last output section before given output statement.
-   Used by place_orphan.  */
-
-static asection *
-output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
-{
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
-
-  for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
-    {
-      if (lookup->constraint < 0)
-	continue;
-
-      if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
-	return lookup->bfd_section;
-    }
-
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement.  The
-   idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
-   statement in a script, before we find another output section
-   statement.  Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
-   are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases;  The first
-   assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
-   Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
-   similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
-   insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
-   image symbols.  */
-
-static lang_statement_union_type **
-insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
-{
-  lang_statement_union_type **where;
-  lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
-  bfd_boolean ignore_first;
-
-  ignore_first
-    = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
-
-  for (where = &after->header.next;
-       *where != NULL;
-       where = &(*where)->header.next)
-    {
-      switch ((*where)->header.type)
-	{
-	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
-	  if (assign == NULL)
-	    {
-	      lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
-
-	      ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
-	      if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
-		  && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
-		  && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0
-		  && !ignore_first)
-		assign = where;
-	    }
-	  ignore_first = FALSE;
-	  continue;
-	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
-	case lang_input_section_enum:
-	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
-	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
-	case lang_data_statement_enum:
-	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
-	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
-	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
-	  assign = NULL;
-	  continue;
-	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
-	  if (assign != NULL)
-	    {
-	      asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
-
-	      if (s == NULL
-		  || s->map_head.s == NULL
-		  || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
-		where = assign;
-	    }
-	  break;
-	case lang_input_statement_enum:
-	case lang_address_statement_enum:
-	case lang_target_statement_enum:
-	case lang_output_statement_enum:
-	case lang_group_statement_enum:
-	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
-	  continue;
-	}
-      break;
-    }
-
-  return where;
-}
-
-lang_output_section_statement_type *
-lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
-		    const char *secname,
-		    int constraint,
-		    lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
-		    struct orphan_save *place,
-		    etree_type *address,
-		    lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
-{
-  lang_statement_list_type add;
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-  lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
-
-  /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
-     statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
-     inserting them later into the global statement list.  */
-  if (after != NULL)
-    {
-      lang_list_init (&add);
-      push_stat_ptr (&add);
-    }
-
-  if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
-      || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
-    address = exp_intop (0);
-
-  os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
-	     lang_output_section_statement.tail);
-  os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
-					    NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
-
-  if (add_child == NULL)
-    add_child = &os->children;
-  lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
-
-  if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
-    {
-      const char *region = (after->region
-			    ? after->region->name_list.name
-			    : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
-      const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
-				? after->lma_region->name_list.name
-				: NULL);
-      lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
-					   lma_region);
-    }
-  else
-    lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
-					 NULL);
-
-  /* Restore the global list pointer.  */
-  if (after != NULL)
-    pop_stat_ptr ();
-
-  if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
-    {
-      asection *snew, *as;
-
-      snew = os->bfd_section;
-
-      /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
-	 neater.  This is really only cosmetic.  */
-      if (place->section == NULL
-	  && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
-		       ->output_section_statement))
-	{
-	  asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
-
-	  /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
-	     sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
-	     look for the closest prior output statement having an
-	     output section.  */
-	  if (bfd_section == NULL)
-	    bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
-
-	  if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
-	    place->section = &bfd_section->next;
-	}
-
-      if (place->section == NULL)
-	place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
-
-      as = *place->section;
-
-      if (!as)
-	{
-	  /* Put the section at the end of the list.  */
-
-	  /* Unlink the section.  */
-	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
-
-	  /* Now tack it back on in the right place.  */
-	  bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
-	}
-      else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
-	{
-	  /* Unlink the section.  */
-	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
-
-	  /* Now tack it back on in the right place.  */
-	  bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
-	}
-
-      /* Save the end of this list.  Further ophans of this type will
-	 follow the one we've just added.  */
-      place->section = &snew->next;
-
-      /* The following is non-cosmetic.  We try to put the output
-	 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
-	 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
-	 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
-	 require extra segments.  For instance, given a typical
-	 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
-	 following that a segment containing all the read-write
-	 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
-	 section before or amongst the read-only ones.  */
-      if (add.head != NULL)
-	{
-	  lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
-
-	  if (place->stmt == NULL)
-	    {
-	      lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
-
-	      *add.tail = *where;
-	      *where = add.head;
-
-	      place->os_tail = &after->next;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added.  */
-	      *add.tail = *place->stmt;
-	      *place->stmt = add.head;
-	    }
-
-	  /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
-	     new list at the tail.  */
-	  if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
-	    stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
-
-	  /* Save the end of this list.  */
-	  place->stmt = add.tail;
-
-	  /* Do the same for the list of output section statements.  */
-	  newly_added_os = *os_tail;
-	  *os_tail = NULL;
-	  newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
-	    ((char *) place->os_tail
-	     - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
-	  newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
-	  if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
-	    newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
-	  *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
-	  place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
-
-	  /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
-	     We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
-	     trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
-	     assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
-	     the same place when assigning *place->os_tail.  */
-	  if (*os_tail == NULL)
-	    lang_output_section_statement.tail
-	      = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
-	}
-    }
-  return os;
-}
-
-static void
-lang_print_asneeded (void)
-{
-  struct asneeded_minfo *m;
-
-  if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
-    return;
-
-  minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
-
-  for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
-    {
-      size_t len;
-
-      minfo ("%s", m->soname);
-      len = strlen (m->soname);
-
-      if (len >= 29)
-	{
-	  print_nl ();
-	  len = 0;
-	}
-      while (len < 30)
-	{
-	  print_space ();
-	  ++len;
-	}
-
-      if (m->ref != NULL)
-	minfo ("%B ", m->ref);
-      minfo ("(%T)\n", m->name);
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
-{
-  if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
-    minfo ("a");
-
-  if (flag & SEC_CODE)
-    minfo ("x");
-
-  if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
-    minfo ("r");
-
-  if (flag & SEC_DATA)
-    minfo ("w");
-
-  if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
-    minfo ("l");
-}
-
-void
-lang_map (void)
-{
-  lang_memory_region_type *m;
-  bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
-
-  LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
-    {
-      asection *s;
-
-      if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
-	  || file->flags.just_syms)
-	continue;
-
-      for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
-	if ((s->output_section == NULL
-	     || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
-	    && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
-	  {
-	    if (!dis_header_printed)
-	      {
-		fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
-		dis_header_printed = TRUE;
-	      }
-
-	    print_input_section (s, TRUE);
-	  }
-    }
-
-  minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
-  fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
-	   _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
-
-  for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
-    {
-      char buf[100];
-      int len;
-
-      fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
-
-      sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
-      minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
-      len = strlen (buf);
-      while (len < 16)
-	{
-	  print_space ();
-	  ++len;
-	}
-
-      minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
-      if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
-	{
-#ifndef BFD64
-	  minfo ("        ");
-#endif
-	  if (m->flags)
-	    {
-	      print_space ();
-	      lang_map_flags (m->flags);
-	    }
-
-	  if (m->not_flags)
-	    {
-	      minfo (" !");
-	      lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
-	    }
-	}
-
-      print_nl ();
-    }
-
-  fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
-
-  if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
-    {
-      obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
-      bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
-    }
-  lang_statement_iteration++;
-  print_statements ();
-
-  ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
-			      config.map_file);
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
-		 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
-  if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
-       || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
-      && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
-      && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
-    {
-      input_section_userdata_type *ud;
-      struct map_symbol_def *def;
-
-      ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
-	    get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
-      if (!ud)
-	{
-	  ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
-	  get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
-	  ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
-	  ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
-	}
-      else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
-	ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
-
-      def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
-      def->entry = hash_entry;
-      *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
-      ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
-      ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
-    }
-  return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Initialize an output section.  */
-
-static void
-init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
-{
-  if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
-    einfo (_("%P%F: Illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
-
-  if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
-    s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
-  if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
-    s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
-							 s->name, flags);
-  if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
-    {
-      einfo (_("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section"
-	       " called %s: %E\n"),
-	     link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
-    }
-  s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
-  s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
-
-  /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
-     statement to avoid lookup.  */
-  get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
-
-  /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
-     mention are initialized.  */
-  if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
-    exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
-
-  if (s->load_base != NULL)
-    exp_init_os (s->load_base);
-
-  /* If supplied an alignment, set it.  */
-  if (s->section_alignment != -1)
-    s->bfd_section->alignment_power = s->section_alignment;
-}
-
-/* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
-   initialized.  */
-
-static void
-exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
-{
-  switch (exp->type.node_class)
-    {
-    case etree_assign:
-    case etree_provide:
-    case etree_provided:
-      exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
-      break;
-
-    case etree_binary:
-      exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
-      exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
-      break;
-
-    case etree_trinary:
-      exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
-      exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
-      exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
-      break;
-
-    case etree_assert:
-      exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
-      break;
-
-    case etree_unary:
-      exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
-      break;
-
-    case etree_name:
-      switch (exp->type.node_code)
-	{
-	case ADDR:
-	case LOADADDR:
-	case SIZEOF:
-	  {
-	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-
-	    os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
-	    if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
-	      init_os (os, 0);
-	  }
-	}
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      break;
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
-{
-  lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
-
-  /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
-     discard all sections.  */
-  if (entry->flags.just_syms)
-    {
-      bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections.  */
-  if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
-      && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
-      && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
-    sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
-
-  if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
-    bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
-}
-
-
-/* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
-   section flags, otherwise returns false.  */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
-{
-  bfd_boolean discard;
-  flagword flags = section->flags;
-
-  /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
-  discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
-
-  /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
-     sections from within the group.  */
-  if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
-      && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
-    discard = TRUE;
-
-  /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
-     information.  */
-  if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
-      && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
-    discard = TRUE;
-
-  return discard;
-}
-
-/* The wild routines.
-
-   These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
-   explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
-   foo.o(.text, .data).  */
-
-/* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT.  Do this by creating a
-   lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR.  */
-
-void
-lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
-		  asection *section,
-		  struct flag_info *sflag_info,
-		  lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
-{
-  flagword flags = section->flags;
-
-  bfd_boolean discard;
-  lang_input_section_type *new_section;
-  bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
-
-  /* Is this section one we know should be discarded?  */
-  discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
-
-  /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
-     DISCARD_SECTION_NAME.  */
-  if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
-    discard = TRUE;
-
-  if (discard)
-    {
-      if (section->output_section == NULL)
-	{
-	  /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section.  */
-	  section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
-	}
-      return;
-    }
-
-  if (sflag_info)
-    {
-      bfd_boolean keep;
-
-      keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
-      if (!keep)
-	return;
-    }
-
-  if (section->output_section != NULL)
-    return;
-
-  /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
-     to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
-     SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
-     section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
-     build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
-     the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill.  */
-  flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
-
-  /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
-     already been processed.  One reason to do this is that on pe
-     format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
-     to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set.  */
-  if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
-    {
-      if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
-	flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
-      else
-	flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
-    }
-  else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
-    flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
-
-  switch (output->sectype)
-    {
-    case normal_section:
-    case overlay_section:
-      break;
-    case noalloc_section:
-      flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
-      break;
-    case noload_section:
-      flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
-      flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
-      /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
-	 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts.  ELF gets a .bss style noload,
-	 alloc, no contents section.  All others get a noload, noalloc
-	 section.  */
-      if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
-	flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
-      else
-	flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
-      break;
-    }
-
-  if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
-    init_os (output, flags);
-
-  /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
-     it from the output section.  */
-  output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
-
-  if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
-    {
-      /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section.  */
-      flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
-
-      /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same.  */
-      if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
-	  != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
-	  || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
-	      && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
-	{
-	  output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
-	  flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
-	}
-    }
-  output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
-
-  if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
-    {
-      output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
-      /* This must happen after flags have been updated.  The output
-	 section may have been created before we saw its first input
-	 section, eg. for a data statement.  */
-      bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
-				     link_info.output_bfd,
-				     output->bfd_section,
-				     &link_info);
-      if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
-	output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
-    }
-
-  if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
-      && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
-    {
-      /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd...  */
-      output->block_value = 128;
-    }
-
-  if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
-    output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
-
-  section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
-
-  if (!map_head_is_link_order)
-    {
-      asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
-      output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
-      section->map_head.s = NULL;
-      section->map_tail.s = s;
-      if (s != NULL)
-	s->map_head.s = section;
-      else
-	output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
-    }
-
-  /* Add a section reference to the list.  */
-  new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
-  new_section->section = section;
-}
-
-/* Handle wildcard sorting.  This returns the lang_input_section which
-   should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
-   based on the sorting requirements of WILD.  It returns NULL if the
-   new section should just go at the end of the current list.  */
-
-static lang_statement_union_type *
-wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
-	   struct wildcard_list *sec,
-	   lang_input_statement_type *file,
-	   asection *section)
-{
-  lang_statement_union_type *l;
-
-  if (!wild->filenames_sorted
-      && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
-    return NULL;
-
-  for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
-    {
-      lang_input_section_type *ls;
-
-      if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
-	continue;
-      ls = &l->input_section;
-
-      /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
-	 name.  */
-
-      if (wild->filenames_sorted)
-	{
-	  const char *fn, *ln;
-	  bfd_boolean fa, la;
-	  int i;
-
-	  /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
-	     dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
-	     the archive and then the name of the file within the
-	     archive.  */
-
-	  if (file->the_bfd != NULL
-	      && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
-	    {
-	      fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
-	      fa = TRUE;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      fn = file->filename;
-	      fa = FALSE;
-	    }
-
-	  if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
-	    {
-	      ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
-	      la = TRUE;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
-	      la = FALSE;
-	    }
-
-	  i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
-	  if (i > 0)
-	    continue;
-	  else if (i < 0)
-	    break;
-
-	  if (fa || la)
-	    {
-	      if (fa)
-		fn = file->filename;
-	      if (la)
-		ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
-
-	      i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
-	      if (i > 0)
-		continue;
-	      else if (i < 0)
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
-	 looking at the sections for this file.  */
-
-      if (sec != NULL
-	  && sec->spec.sorted != none
-	  && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
-	if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
-	  break;
-    }
-
-  return l;
-}
-
-/* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE.  SECTION may be
-   NULL, in which case it is a wild card.  */
-
-static void
-output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
-			 struct wildcard_list *sec,
-			 asection *section,
-			 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
-			 lang_input_statement_type *file,
-			 void *output)
-{
-  lang_statement_union_type *before;
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-
-  os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
-
-  /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST.  */
-  if (unique_section_p (section, os))
-    return;
-
-  before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
-
-  /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
-     should follow the one we are about to add.  If BEFORE
-     is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
-     of the current list.  */
-
-  if (before == NULL)
-    lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
-  else
-    {
-      lang_statement_list_type list;
-      lang_statement_union_type **pp;
-
-      lang_list_init (&list);
-      lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
-
-      /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
-	 be NULL.  */
-      if (list.head != NULL)
-	{
-	  ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
-
-	  for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
-	       *pp != before;
-	       pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
-	    ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
-
-	  list.head->header.next = *pp;
-	  *pp = list.head;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
-   are readonly.  */
-
-static void
-check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-			struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-			asection *section,
-			struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-			lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-			void *output)
-{
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-
-  os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
-
-  /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST.  */
-  if (unique_section_p (section, os))
-    return;
-
-  if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
-    os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
-}
-
-/* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
-   added to the statement tree.  We will see if it has been opened
-   already and had its symbols read.  If not then we'll read it.  */
-
-static lang_input_statement_type *
-lookup_name (const char *name)
-{
-  lang_input_statement_type *search;
-
-  for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
-       search != NULL;
-       search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
-    {
-      /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
-	 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
-	 via the search directory lookup mechanism.  */
-      const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
-
-      if (filename != NULL
-	  && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
-	break;
-    }
-
-  if (search == NULL)
-    search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
-			default_target, FALSE);
-
-  /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
-     don't add this file.  */
-  if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
-    return search;
-
-  if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
-    return NULL;
-
-  return search;
-}
-
-/* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported.  */
-
-struct excluded_lib
-{
-  char *name;
-  struct excluded_lib *next;
-};
-static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
-
-void
-add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
-{
-  const char *p = list, *end;
-
-  while (*p != '\0')
-    {
-      struct excluded_lib *entry;
-      end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
-      if (end == NULL)
-	end = p + strlen (p);
-      entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
-      entry->next = excluded_libs;
-      entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
-      memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
-      entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
-      excluded_libs = entry;
-      if (*end == '\0')
-	break;
-      p = end + 1;
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
-{
-  struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
-
-  while (lib)
-    {
-      int len = strlen (lib->name);
-      const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
-
-      if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
-	{
-	  abfd->no_export = TRUE;
-	  return;
-	}
-
-      if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
-	  && (filename[len] == '\0'
-	      || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
-		  && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
-	{
-	  abfd->no_export = TRUE;
-	  return;
-	}
-
-      lib = lib->next;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Get the symbols for an input file.  */
-
-bfd_boolean
-load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
-	      lang_statement_list_type *place)
-{
-  char **matching;
-
-  if (entry->flags.loaded)
-    return TRUE;
-
-  ldfile_open_file (entry);
-
-  /* Do not process further if the file was missing.  */
-  if (entry->flags.missing_file)
-    return TRUE;
-
-  if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
-      && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
-    {
-      bfd_error_type err;
-      struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
-      extern FILE *yyin;
-
-      err = bfd_get_error ();
-
-      /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge.  */
-      if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
-	return TRUE;
-
-      if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
-	{
-	  char **p;
-
-	  einfo (_("%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
-	  einfo (_("%B: matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
-	  for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
-	    einfo (" %s", *p);
-	  einfo ("%F\n");
-	}
-      else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
-	       || place == NULL)
-	einfo (_("%F%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
-
-      bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
-      entry->the_bfd = NULL;
-
-      /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script.  */
-      save_flags = input_flags;
-      ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
-
-      push_stat_ptr (place);
-      input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
-	= entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
-      input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
-	= entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
-      input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
-      input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
-
-      ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
-      parser_input = input_script;
-      yyparse ();
-      ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
-
-      /* missing_file is sticky.  sysrooted will already have been
-	 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
-	 again.  */
-      save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
-      input_flags = save_flags;
-      pop_stat_ptr ();
-      fclose (yyin);
-      yyin = NULL;
-      entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
-
-      return TRUE;
-    }
-
-  if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
-    return TRUE;
-
-  /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive.  Instead, the
-     add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
-     add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
-     which is used.  */
-  switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
-    {
-    default:
-      break;
-
-    case bfd_object:
-      if (!entry->flags.reload)
-	ldlang_add_file (entry);
-      if (trace_files || verbose)
-	info_msg ("%I\n", entry);
-      break;
-
-    case bfd_archive:
-      check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
-
-      entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
-      if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
-	{
-	  bfd *member = NULL;
-	  bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
-
-	  for (;;)
-	    {
-	      bfd *subsbfd;
-	      member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
-
-	      if (member == NULL)
-		break;
-
-	      if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
-		{
-		  einfo (_("%F%B: member %B in archive is not an object\n"),
-			 entry->the_bfd, member);
-		  loaded = FALSE;
-		}
-
-	      subsbfd = member;
-	      if (!(*link_info.callbacks
-		    ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
-					    "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
-		abort ();
-
-	      /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
-		 substitute BFD for us.  */
-	      if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
-		{
-		  einfo (_("%F%B: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
-		  loaded = FALSE;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
-	  return loaded;
-	}
-      break;
-    }
-
-  if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
-    entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
-  else
-    einfo (_("%F%B: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
-
-  return entry->flags.loaded;
-}
-
-/* Handle a wild statement.  S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
-   may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard.  Separate
-   lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
-   expansion; they are added after the wild statement S.  OUTPUT is
-   the output section.  */
-
-static void
-wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
-      const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-      lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
-{
-  struct wildcard_list *sec;
-
-  if (s->handler_data[0]
-      && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
-      && !s->filenames_sorted)
-    {
-      lang_section_bst_type *tree;
-
-      walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
-
-      tree = s->tree;
-      if (tree)
-	{
-	  output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
-	  s->tree = NULL;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
-
-  if (default_common_section == NULL)
-    for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
-      if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
-	{
-	  /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
-	     later get something which doesn't know where to put it.  */
-	  default_common_section = output;
-	  break;
-	}
-}
-
-/* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target.  */
-
-static int
-get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
-{
-  const char *sought = (const char *) data;
-
-  return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
-}
-
-/* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well.  */
-
-static void
-stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
-{
-  char c;
-
-  while ((c = *src++) != 0)
-    *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
-
-  *dest = 0;
-}
-
-/* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
-   from haystack.  */
-
-static void
-strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
-{
-  haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
-
-  if (haystack)
-    {
-      char *src;
-
-      for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
-	*haystack++ = *src++;
-
-      *haystack = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Compare two target format name strings.
-   Return a value indicating how "similar" they are.  */
-
-static int
-name_compare (char *first, char *second)
-{
-  char *copy1;
-  char *copy2;
-  int result;
-
-  copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
-  copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
-
-  /* Convert the names to lower case.  */
-  stricpy (copy1, first);
-  stricpy (copy2, second);
-
-  /* Remove size and endian strings from the name.  */
-  strcut (copy1, "big");
-  strcut (copy1, "little");
-  strcut (copy2, "big");
-  strcut (copy2, "little");
-
-  /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
-     starting from the beginning.   If both strings are
-     the same then return 10 * their length.  */
-  for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
-    if (copy1[result] == 0)
-      {
-	result *= 10;
-	break;
-      }
-
-  free (copy1);
-  free (copy2);
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-/* Set by closest_target_match() below.  */
-static const bfd_target *winner;
-
-/* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
-   requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
-   match to the original output target.  */
-
-static int
-closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
-{
-  const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
-
-  if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
-      && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
-    return 0;
-
-  if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
-      && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
-    return 0;
-
-  /* Must be the same flavour.  */
-  if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
-    return 0;
-
-  /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors.  */
-  if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
-      || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
-      || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
-      || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
-    return 0;
-
-  /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one.  */
-  if (winner == NULL)
-    {
-      winner = target;
-      return 0;
-    }
-
-  /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
-     Compare their names and choose the better one.  */
-  if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
-      > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
-    winner = target;
-
-  /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all.  */
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Return the BFD target format of the first input file.  */
-
-static char *
-get_first_input_target (void)
-{
-  char *target = NULL;
-
-  LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
-    {
-      if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
-	  && s->flags.real)
-	{
-	  ldfile_open_file (s);
-
-	  if (s->the_bfd != NULL
-	      && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
-	    {
-	      target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
-
-	      if (target != NULL)
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  return target;
-}
-
-const char *
-lang_get_output_target (void)
-{
-  const char *target;
-
-  /* Has the user told us which output format to use?  */
-  if (output_target != NULL)
-    return output_target;
-
-  /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
-     the default?  */
-  if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
-    return current_target;
-
-  /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file?  */
-  target = get_first_input_target ();
-  if (target != NULL)
-    return target;
-
-  /* Failed - use the default output target.  */
-  return default_target;
-}
-
-/* Open the output file.  */
-
-static void
-open_output (const char *name)
-{
-  output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
-
-  /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
-     line?  */
-  if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
-    {
-      /* Get the chosen target.  */
-      const bfd_target *target
-	= bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
-
-      /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything.  */
-      if (target != NULL)
-	{
-	  enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
-
-	  if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
-	    desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
-	  else
-	    desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
-
-	  /* See if the target has the wrong endianness.  This should
-	     not happen if the linker script has provided big and
-	     little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
-	     this.  */
-	  if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
-	    {
-	      /* If it does, then see if the target provides
-		 an alternative with the correct endianness.  */
-	      if (target->alternative_target != NULL
-		  && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
-		output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
-	      else
-		{
-		  /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
-		     the default target, but which has the desired
-		     endian characteristic.  */
-		  bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
-					    (void *) target);
-
-		  /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
-		     satisfy our requirements.  */
-		  if (winner == NULL)
-		    einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
-			     " that match endianness requirement\n"));
-		  else
-		    output_target = winner->name;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
-
-  if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
-    {
-      if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
-	einfo (_("%P%F: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
-
-      einfo (_("%P%F: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
-    }
-
-  delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
-
-  if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
-    einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
-  if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
-			   ldfile_output_architecture,
-			   ldfile_output_machine))
-    einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
-
-  link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
-  if (link_info.hash == NULL)
-    einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
-
-  bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
-}
-
-static void
-ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
-{
-  switch (statement->header.type)
-    {
-    case lang_output_statement_enum:
-      ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
-      open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
-      ldemul_set_output_arch ();
-      if (config.magic_demand_paged
-	  && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
-	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
-      else
-	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
-      if (config.text_read_only)
-	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
-      else
-	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
-      if (link_info.traditional_format)
-	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
-      else
-	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
-      break;
-
-    case lang_target_statement_enum:
-      current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
-      break;
-    default:
-      break;
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-init_opb (void)
-{
-  unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
-					      ldfile_output_machine);
-  opb_shift = 0;
-  if (x > 1)
-    while ((x & 1) == 0)
-      {
-	x >>= 1;
-	++opb_shift;
-      }
-  ASSERT (x == 1);
-}
-
-/* Open all the input files.  */
-
-enum open_bfd_mode
-  {
-    OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
-    OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
-    OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
-  };
-#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
-static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
-#endif
-
-static void
-open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
-{
-  for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
-    {
-      switch (s->header.type)
-	{
-	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
-	  open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
-	  break;
-	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
-	  open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
-	  break;
-	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
-	  /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols.  */
-	  if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
-	      && s->wild_statement.filename
-	      && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
-	      && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
-	    lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
-	  open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
-	  break;
-	case lang_group_statement_enum:
-	  {
-	    struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
-
-	    /* We must continually search the entries in the group
-	       until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
-	       symbols.  */
-
-	    do
-	      {
-		undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
-		open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
-				 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
-	      }
-	    while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
-	  }
-	  break;
-	case lang_target_statement_enum:
-	  current_target = s->target_statement.target;
-	  break;
-	case lang_input_statement_enum:
-	  if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
-	    {
-	      lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
-	      lang_statement_list_type add;
-	      bfd *abfd;
-
-	      s->input_statement.target = current_target;
-
-	      /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
-		 is an archive which has already been searched, then
-		 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
-		 has been loaded already.  Do the same for a rescan.
-		 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs.  */
-	      if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
-#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
-		  && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
-		      || plugin_insert == NULL)
-#endif
-		  && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
-		  && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
-		  && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
-		       && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
-		      || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
-			  && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
-			  && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
-			  && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
-			  && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
-		{
-		  s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
-		  s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
-		}
-
-	      os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
-	      lang_list_init (&add);
-
-	      if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
-		config.make_executable = FALSE;
-
-	      if (add.head != NULL)
-		{
-		  /* If this was a script with output sections then
-		     tack any added statements on to the end of the
-		     list.  This avoids having to reorder the output
-		     section statement list.  Very likely the user
-		     forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
-		     naive user expectations.  */
-		  if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
-		    {
-		      einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
-			       " did you forget -T?\n"),
-			     s->input_statement.filename);
-		      *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
-		      stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
-		    }
-		  else
-		    {
-		      *add.tail = s->header.next;
-		      s->header.next = add.head;
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
-	  /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
-	     files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan.  */
-	  if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
-	    plugin_insert = NULL;
-#endif
-	  break;
-	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
-	  if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
-	    exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Exit if any of the files were missing.  */
-  if (input_flags.missing_file)
-    einfo ("%F");
-}
-
-/* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
-   This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
-   the time the ld command line is processed.  First we put the name
-   on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
-   name to the symbol table.  */
-
-typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
-
-#define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
-
-void
-ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
-{
-  ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
-
-  undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
-  new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
-  new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
-  ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
-
-  new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
-
-  if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
-    insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
-}
-
-/* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table.  */
-
-static void
-insert_undefined (const char *name)
-{
-  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
-
-  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
-  if (h == NULL)
-    einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
-  if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
-    {
-      h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
-      h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
-      if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
-	((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
-      bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
-   into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
-   script file.  */
-
-static void
-lang_place_undefineds (void)
-{
-  ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
-
-  for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
-    insert_undefined (ptr->name);
-}
-
-/* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
-   be defined.  */
-
-struct require_defined_symbol
-{
-  const char *name;
-  struct require_defined_symbol *next;
-};
-
-/* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined.  */
-
-static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
-
-/* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
-   defined.  */
-
-void
-ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
-{
-  struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
-
-  ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
-  ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
-  ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
-  ptr->name = strdup (name);
-  require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
-}
-
-/* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
-   raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined.  */
-
-static void
-ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
-{
-  struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
-
-  for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
-    {
-      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
-
-      h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
-				FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
-      if (h == NULL
-	  || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
-	      && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
-	einfo(_("%P%X: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections.  */
-
-static void
-check_input_sections
-  (lang_statement_union_type *s,
-   lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
-{
-  for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
-    {
-      switch (s->header.type)
-	{
-	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
-	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
-		     output_section_statement);
-	  if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
-	    return;
-	  break;
-	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
-	  check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
-				output_section_statement);
-	  if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
-	    return;
-	  break;
-	case lang_group_statement_enum:
-	  check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
-				output_section_statement);
-	  if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
-	    return;
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/* Update wildcard statements if needed.  */
-
-static void
-update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
-{
-  struct wildcard_list *sec;
-
-  switch (sort_section)
-    {
-    default:
-      FAIL ();
-
-    case none:
-      break;
-
-    case by_name:
-    case by_alignment:
-      for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
-	{
-	  switch (s->header.type)
-	    {
-	    default:
-	      break;
-
-	    case lang_wild_statement_enum:
-	      for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
-		   sec = sec->next)
-		{
-		  switch (sec->spec.sorted)
-		    {
-		    case none:
-		      sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
-		      break;
-		    case by_name:
-		      if (sort_section == by_alignment)
-			sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
-		      break;
-		    case by_alignment:
-		      if (sort_section == by_name)
-			sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
-		      break;
-		    default:
-		      break;
-		    }
-		}
-	      break;
-
-	    case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
-	      update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
-	      break;
-
-	    case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
-	      /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections.  */
-	      if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0
-		  && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0)
-		update_wild_statements
-		  (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
-	      break;
-
-	    case lang_group_statement_enum:
-	      update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
-	      break;
-	    }
-	}
-      break;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Open input files and attach to output sections.  */
-
-static void
-map_input_to_output_sections
-  (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
-   lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
-{
-  for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
-    {
-      lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
-      flagword flags;
-
-      switch (s->header.type)
-	{
-	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
-	  wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
-	  break;
-	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
-	  map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
-					target,
-					os);
-	  break;
-	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
-	  tos = &s->output_section_statement;
-	  if (tos->constraint != 0)
-	    {
-	      if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
-		  && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
-		break;
-	      tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
-	      check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
-	      if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
-		{
-		  tos->constraint = -1;
-		  break;
-		}
-	    }
-	  map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
-					target,
-					tos);
-	  break;
-	case lang_output_statement_enum:
-	  break;
-	case lang_target_statement_enum:
-	  target = s->target_statement.target;
-	  break;
-	case lang_group_statement_enum:
-	  map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
-					target,
-					os);
-	  break;
-	case lang_data_statement_enum:
-	  /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
-	     are initialized.  */
-	  exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
-	  /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
-	     these may be overridden by the script.  */
-	  flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
-	  switch (os->sectype)
-	    {
-	    case normal_section:
-	    case overlay_section:
-	      break;
-	    case noalloc_section:
-	      flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
-	      break;
-	    case noload_section:
-	      if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
-		  == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
-		flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
-	      else
-		flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
-	    init_os (os, flags);
-	  else
-	    os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
-	  break;
-	case lang_input_section_enum:
-	  break;
-	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
-	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
-	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
-	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
-	case lang_input_statement_enum:
-	  if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
-	    init_os (os, 0);
-	  break;
-	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
-	  if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
-	    init_os (os, 0);
-
-	  /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
-	     are initialized.  */
-	  exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
-	  break;
-	case lang_address_statement_enum:
-	  /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
-	     If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
-	     directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
-	     processed the segment marker.  Originally, the linker
-	     treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
-	     command-line) as section directives.  We honor the
-	     section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
-	     linker scripts that do not specifically check for
-	     SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics.  */
-	  if (!s->address_statement.segment
-	      || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
-	    {
-	      const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
-
-	      /* Create the output section statement here so that
-		 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
-		 script sections.  If we let the orphan placement code
-		 place them in amongst other sections then the address
-		 will affect following script sections, which is
-		 likely to surprise naive users.  */
-	      tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
-	      tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
-	      if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
-		init_os (tos, 0);
-	    }
-	  break;
-	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
-   start of the list and places them after the output section
-   statement specified by the insert.  This operation is complicated
-   by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
-   statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.  */
-
-static void
-process_insert_statements (void)
-{
-  lang_statement_union_type **s;
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-
-  /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
-     the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
-     reordered.  */
-  s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
-  while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
-    {
-      if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
-	{
-	  /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
-	     statement in the sequence we may be about to move.  */
-	  os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
-
-	  ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
-	  last_os = os;
-
-	  /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
-	     won't match this output section statement.  At this
-	     stage in linking constraint has values in the range
-	     [-1, ONLY_IN_RW].  */
-	  last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
-	  if (first_os == NULL)
-	    first_os = last_os;
-	}
-      else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
-	{
-	  lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
-	  lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
-	  lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
-	  lang_statement_union_type *first;
-
-	  where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
-	  if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
-	    {
-	      do
-		where = where->prev;
-	      while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
-	    }
-	  if (where == NULL)
-	    {
-	      einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
-	      return;
-	    }
-
-	  /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list.  */
-	  if (last_os != NULL)
-	    {
-	      asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
-	      struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
-
-	      /* Snip out the output sections we are moving.  */
-	      first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
-	      if (last_os->next == NULL)
-		{
-		  next = &first_os->prev->next;
-		  lang_output_section_statement.tail
-		    = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
-		}
-	      else
-		last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
-	      /* Add them in at the new position.  */
-	      last_os->next = where->next;
-	      if (where->next == NULL)
-		{
-		  next = &last_os->next;
-		  lang_output_section_statement.tail
-		    = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
-		}
-	      else
-		where->next->prev = last_os;
-	      first_os->prev = where;
-	      where->next = first_os;
-
-	      /* Move the bfd sections in the same way.  */
-	      first_sec = NULL;
-	      last_sec = NULL;
-	      for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
-		{
-		  os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
-		  if (os->bfd_section != NULL
-		      && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
-		    {
-		      last_sec = os->bfd_section;
-		      if (first_sec == NULL)
-			first_sec = last_sec;
-		    }
-		  if (os == last_os)
-		    break;
-		}
-	      if (last_sec != NULL)
-		{
-		  asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
-		  if (sec == NULL)
-		    sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
-
-		  /* The place we want to insert must come after the
-		     sections we are moving.  So if we find no
-		     section or if the section is the same as our
-		     last section, then no move is needed.  */
-		  if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
-		    {
-		      /* Trim them off.  */
-		      if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
-			first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
-		      else
-			link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
-		      if (last_sec->next != NULL)
-			last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
-		      else
-			link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
-		      /* Add back.  */
-		      last_sec->next = sec->next;
-		      if (sec->next != NULL)
-			sec->next->prev = last_sec;
-		      else
-			link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
-		      first_sec->prev = sec;
-		      sec->next = first_sec;
-		    }
-		}
-
-	      first_os = NULL;
-	      last_os = NULL;
-	    }
-
-	  ptr = insert_os_after (where);
-	  /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
-	     know is at the start of the list, up to and including
-	     the insert statement we are currently processing.  */
-	  first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
-	  lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
-	  /* Add them back where they belong.  */
-	  *s = *ptr;
-	  if (*s == NULL)
-	    statement_list.tail = s;
-	  *ptr = first;
-	  s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Undo constraint twiddling.  */
-  for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
-    {
-      os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
-      if (os == last_os)
-	break;
-    }
-}
-
-/* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
-   added.  For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
-   sections if they turn out to be not needed.  Clean them up here.  */
-
-void
-strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
-{
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-
-  /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done).  */
-  if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
-    {
-      expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
-      expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
-      one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
-      lang_reset_memory_regions ();
-    }
-
-  for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
-       os != NULL;
-       os = os->next)
-    {
-      asection *output_section;
-      bfd_boolean exclude;
-
-      if (os->constraint < 0)
-	continue;
-
-      output_section = os->bfd_section;
-      if (output_section == NULL)
-	continue;
-
-      exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
-		 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
-		 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
-						    output_section));
-
-      /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
-	 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash.  These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
-	 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
-	 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
-      if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
-	{
-	  asection *s;
-
-	  for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
-	    if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
-		&& ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
-		    || link_info.emitrelocations))
-	      {
-		exclude = FALSE;
-		break;
-	      }
-	}
-
-      if (exclude)
-	{
-	  /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
-	     removed output section statement may still be used.  */
-	  if (!os->update_dot)
-	    os->ignored = TRUE;
-	  output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
-	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
-	  link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
-   asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite.
-   FIXME: Except for sh64elf.em which starts creating link_orders in
-   its after_allocation routine so needs to call it early.  */
-
-void
-lang_clear_os_map (void)
-{
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-
-  if (map_head_is_link_order)
-    return;
-
-  for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
-       os != NULL;
-       os = os->next)
-    {
-      asection *output_section;
-
-      if (os->constraint < 0)
-	continue;
-
-      output_section = os->bfd_section;
-      if (output_section == NULL)
-	continue;
-
-      /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders.  */
-      output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
-      output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
-    }
-
-  /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
-     and map_tail link_order fields.  */
-  map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-print_output_section_statement
-  (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
-{
-  asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
-  int len;
-
-  if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
-    {
-      minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
-
-      if (section != NULL)
-	{
-	  print_dot = section->vma;
-
-	  len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
-	  if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
-	    {
-	      print_nl ();
-	      len = 0;
-	    }
-	  while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
-	    {
-	      print_space ();
-	      ++len;
-	    }
-
-	  minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
-
-	  if (section->vma != section->lma)
-	    minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
-
-	  if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
-	    exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
-			   bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
-	}
-
-      print_nl ();
-    }
-
-  print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
-			output_section_statement);
-}
-
-static void
-print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
-		  lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
-{
-  unsigned int i;
-  bfd_boolean is_dot;
-  etree_type *tree;
-  asection *osec;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
-    print_space ();
-
-  if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
-    {
-      is_dot = FALSE;
-      tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
-
-      is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
-      if (!is_dot)
-	expld.assign_name = dst;
-      tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
-    }
-
-  osec = output_section->bfd_section;
-  if (osec == NULL)
-    osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
-
-  if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
-    exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
-  else
-    expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
-
-  if (expld.result.valid_p)
-    {
-      bfd_vma value;
-
-      if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
-	  || is_dot
-	  || expld.assign_name != NULL)
-	{
-	  value = expld.result.value;
-
-	  if (expld.result.section != NULL)
-	    value += expld.result.section->vma;
-
-	  minfo ("0x%V", value);
-	  if (is_dot)
-	    print_dot = value;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
-
-	  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
-				    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
-	  if (h)
-	    {
-	      value = h->u.def.value;
-	      value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
-	      value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
-
-	      minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
-	    }
-	  else
-	    minfo ("[unresolved]");
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
-	minfo ("[!provide]");
-      else
-	minfo ("*undef*   ");
-#ifdef BFD64
-      minfo ("        ");
-#endif
-    }
-  expld.assign_name = NULL;
-
-  minfo ("                ");
-  exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
-  print_nl ();
-}
-
-static void
-print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
-{
-  if (statm->filename != NULL
-      && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
-	  || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
-    fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
-}
-
-/* Print all symbols defined in a particular section.  This is called
-   via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols.  */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
-{
-  asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
-
-  if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
-       || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
-      && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
-    {
-      int i;
-
-      for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
-	print_space ();
-      minfo ("0x%V   ",
-	     (hash_entry->u.def.value
-	      + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
-	      + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
-
-      minfo ("             %T\n", hash_entry->root.string);
-    }
-
-  return TRUE;
-}
-
-static int
-hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
-{
-  const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
-  const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
-
-  if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
-    return -1;
-  else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
-    return 1;
-  else
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static void
-print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
-{
-  input_section_userdata_type *ud
-    = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
-  struct map_symbol_def *def;
-  struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
-  unsigned int i;
-
-  if (!ud)
-    return;
-
-  *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
-
-  /* Sort the symbols by address.  */
-  entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
-      obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
-		     ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
-
-  for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
-    entries[i] = def->entry;
-
-  qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
-	 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
-
-  /* Print the symbols.  */
-  for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
-    print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
-
-  obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
-}
-
-/* Print information about an input section to the map file.  */
-
-static void
-print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
-{
-  bfd_size_type size = i->size;
-  int len;
-  bfd_vma addr;
-
-  init_opb ();
-
-  print_space ();
-  minfo ("%s", i->name);
-
-  len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
-  if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
-    {
-      print_nl ();
-      len = 0;
-    }
-  while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
-    {
-      print_space ();
-      ++len;
-    }
-
-  if (i->output_section != NULL
-      && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
-    addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
-  else
-    {
-      addr = print_dot;
-      if (!is_discarded)
-	size = 0;
-    }
-
-  minfo ("0x%V %W %B\n", addr, size, i->owner);
-
-  if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
-    {
-      len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
-#ifdef BFD64
-      len += 16;
-#else
-      len += 8;
-#endif
-      while (len > 0)
-	{
-	  print_space ();
-	  --len;
-	}
-
-      minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
-    }
-
-  if (i->output_section != NULL
-      && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
-    {
-      if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
-	bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
-      else
-	print_all_symbols (i);
-
-      /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
-	 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
-	 later overlay is shorter than an earier one.  */
-      if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
-	print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
-{
-  size_t size;
-  unsigned char *p;
-  fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
-  for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
-    fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
-  fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
-}
-
-static void
-print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
-{
-  int i;
-  bfd_vma addr;
-  bfd_size_type size;
-  const char *name;
-
-  init_opb ();
-  for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
-    print_space ();
-
-  addr = data->output_offset;
-  if (data->output_section != NULL)
-    addr += data->output_section->vma;
-
-  switch (data->type)
-    {
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    case BYTE:
-      size = BYTE_SIZE;
-      name = "BYTE";
-      break;
-    case SHORT:
-      size = SHORT_SIZE;
-      name = "SHORT";
-      break;
-    case LONG:
-      size = LONG_SIZE;
-      name = "LONG";
-      break;
-    case QUAD:
-      size = QUAD_SIZE;
-      name = "QUAD";
-      break;
-    case SQUAD:
-      size = QUAD_SIZE;
-      name = "SQUAD";
-      break;
-    }
-
-  if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
-    size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
-  minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
-
-  if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
-    {
-      print_space ();
-      exp_print_tree (data->exp);
-    }
-
-  print_nl ();
-
-  print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
-}
-
-/* Print an address statement.  These are generated by options like
-   -Ttext.  */
-
-static void
-print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
-{
-  minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
-  exp_print_tree (address->address);
-  print_nl ();
-}
-
-/* Print a reloc statement.  */
-
-static void
-print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
-{
-  int i;
-  bfd_vma addr;
-  bfd_size_type size;
-
-  init_opb ();
-  for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
-    print_space ();
-
-  addr = reloc->output_offset;
-  if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
-    addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
-
-  size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
-
-  minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
-
-  if (reloc->name != NULL)
-    minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
-  else
-    minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
-
-  exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
-
-  print_nl ();
-
-  print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
-}
-
-static void
-print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
-{
-  int len;
-  bfd_vma addr;
-
-  init_opb ();
-  minfo (" *fill*");
-
-  len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
-  while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
-    {
-      print_space ();
-      ++len;
-    }
-
-  addr = s->output_offset;
-  if (s->output_section != NULL)
-    addr += s->output_section->vma;
-  minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
-
-  if (s->fill->size != 0)
-    {
-      size_t size;
-      unsigned char *p;
-      for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
-	fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
-    }
-
-  print_nl ();
-
-  print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
-}
-
-static void
-print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
-		      lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
-{
-  struct wildcard_list *sec;
-
-  print_space ();
-
-  if (w->exclude_name_list)
-    {
-      name_list *tmp;
-      minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
-      for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
-	minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
-      minfo (") ");
-    }
-
-  if (w->filenames_sorted)
-    minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
-  if (w->filename != NULL)
-    minfo ("%s", w->filename);
-  else
-    minfo ("*");
-  if (w->filenames_sorted)
-    minfo (")");
-
-  minfo ("(");
-  for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
-    {
-      int closing_paren = 0;
-
-      switch (sec->spec.sorted)
-	{
-	case none:
-	  break;
-
-	case by_name:
-	  minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
-	  closing_paren = 1;
-	  break;
-
-	case by_alignment:
-	  minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
-	  closing_paren = 1;
-	  break;
-
-	case by_name_alignment:
-	  minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
-	  closing_paren = 2;
-	  break;
-
-	case by_alignment_name:
-	  minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
-	  closing_paren = 2;
-	  break;
-
-	case by_none:
-	  minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
-	  closing_paren = 1;
-	  break;
-
-	case by_init_priority:
-	  minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
-	  closing_paren = 1;
-	  break;
-	}
-
-      if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
-	{
-	  name_list *tmp;
-	  minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
-	  for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
-	    minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
-	  minfo (") ");
-	}
-      if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
-	minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
-      else
-	minfo ("*");
-      for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
-	minfo (")");
-      if (sec->next)
-	minfo (" ");
-    }
-  minfo (")");
-
-  print_nl ();
-
-  print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
-}
-
-/* Print a group statement.  */
-
-static void
-print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
-	     lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
-{
-  fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
-  print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
-  fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
-}
-
-/* Print the list of statements in S.
-   This can be called for any statement type.  */
-
-static void
-print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
-		      lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
-{
-  while (s != NULL)
-    {
-      print_statement (s, os);
-      s = s->header.next;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Print the first statement in statement list S.
-   This can be called for any statement type.  */
-
-static void
-print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
-		 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
-{
-  switch (s->header.type)
-    {
-    default:
-      fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
-      FAIL ();
-      break;
-    case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
-      if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
-	{
-	  if (constructors_sorted)
-	    minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
-	  else
-	    minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
-	  print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
-	}
-      break;
-    case lang_wild_statement_enum:
-      print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
-      break;
-    case lang_address_statement_enum:
-      print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
-      break;
-    case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
-      minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
-      break;
-    case lang_fill_statement_enum:
-      print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
-      break;
-    case lang_data_statement_enum:
-      print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
-      break;
-    case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
-      print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
-      break;
-    case lang_input_section_enum:
-      print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
-      break;
-    case lang_padding_statement_enum:
-      print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
-      break;
-    case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
-      print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
-      break;
-    case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
-      print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
-      break;
-    case lang_target_statement_enum:
-      fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
-      break;
-    case lang_output_statement_enum:
-      minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
-      if (output_target != NULL)
-	minfo (" %s", output_target);
-      minfo (")\n");
-      break;
-    case lang_input_statement_enum:
-      print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
-      break;
-    case lang_group_statement_enum:
-      print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
-      break;
-    case lang_insert_statement_enum:
-      minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
-	     s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
-	     s->insert_statement.where);
-      break;
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-print_statements (void)
-{
-  print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
-}
-
-/* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
-   If N == 0, nothing is printed.
-   If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
-   Intended to be called from GDB.  */
-
-void
-dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
-{
-  FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
-
-  config.map_file = stderr;
-
-  if (n < 0)
-    print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
-  else
-    {
-      while (s && --n >= 0)
-	{
-	  print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
-	  s = s->header.next;
-	}
-    }
-
-  config.map_file = map_save;
-}
-
-static void
-insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
-	    fill_type *fill,
-	    bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
-	    asection *output_section,
-	    bfd_vma dot)
-{
-  static fill_type zero_fill;
-  lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
-
-  if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
-    pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
-	   ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
-  if (pad != NULL
-      && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
-      && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
-    {
-      /* Use the existing pad statement.  */
-    }
-  else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
-	   && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
-	   && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
-    {
-      /* Use the existing pad statement.  */
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain.  */
-      pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
-	  stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
-      pad->header.next = *ptr;
-      *ptr = pad;
-      pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
-      pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
-      if (fill == NULL)
-	fill = &zero_fill;
-      pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
-    }
-  pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
-  pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
-  output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
-				  - output_section->vma);
-}
-
-/* Work out how much this section will move the dot point.  */
-
-static bfd_vma
-size_input_section
-  (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
-   lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
-   fill_type *fill,
-   bfd_vma dot)
-{
-  lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
-  asection *i = is->section;
-  asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
-
-  if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
-    i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
-  else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
-	   || output_section_statement->ignored)
-    i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
-  else
-    {
-      bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
-
-      /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
-	 then to the output section's requirement.  If this alignment
-	 is greater than any seen before, then record it too.  Perform
-	 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement.  */
-
-      if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != -1)
-	i->alignment_power = output_section_statement->subsection_alignment;
-
-      if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
-	o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
-
-      alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
-
-      if (alignment_needed != 0)
-	{
-	  insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
-	  dot += alignment_needed;
-	}
-
-      /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes.  */
-      i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
-
-      /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now.  */
-      dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
-      o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
-    }
-
-  return dot;
-}
-
-struct check_sec
-{
-  asection *sec;
-  bfd_boolean warned;
-};
-
-static int
-sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
-{
-  const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
-  const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
-
-  if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
-    return -1;
-  else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
-    return 1;
-  else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
-    return -1;
-  else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
-    return 1;
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
-{
-  const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
-  const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
-
-  if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
-    return -1;
-  else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
-    return 1;
-  else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
-    return -1;
-  else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
-    return 1;
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-#define IS_TBSS(s) \
-  ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
-
-#define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
-  ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
-
-/* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
-   sections.  This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
-   section addresses of the two sections.  Also check whether any memory
-   region has overflowed.  */
-
-static void
-lang_check_section_addresses (void)
-{
-  asection *s, *p;
-  struct check_sec *sections;
-  size_t i, count;
-  bfd_vma addr_mask;
-  bfd_vma s_start;
-  bfd_vma s_end;
-  bfd_vma p_start = 0;
-  bfd_vma p_end = 0;
-  lang_memory_region_type *m;
-  bfd_boolean overlays;
-
-  /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections.  */
-  addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
-	       (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
-  addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
-  for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
-    if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
-      {
-	s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
-	if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
-	  einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
-		 s->name);
-	else
-	  {
-	    s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
-	    if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
-	      einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
-		     s->name);
-	  }
-      }
-
-  if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
-    return;
-
-  count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
-  sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
-
-  /* Scan all sections in the output list.  */
-  count = 0;
-  for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
-    {
-      if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
-	  || s->size == 0)
-	continue;
-
-      sections[count].sec = s;
-      sections[count].warned = FALSE;
-      count++;
-    }
-
-  if (count <= 1)
-    {
-      free (sections);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
-
-  /* First check section LMAs.  There should be no overlap of LMAs on
-     loadable sections, even with overlays.  */
-  for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
-    {
-      s = sections[i].sec;
-      if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
-	{
-	  s_start = s->lma;
-	  s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
-
-	  /* Look for an overlap.  We have sorted sections by lma, so
-	     we know that s_start >= p_start.  Besides the obvious
-	     case of overlap when the current section starts before
-	     the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
-	     previous section wraps around the address space.  */
-	  if (p != NULL
-	      && (s_start <= p_end
-		  || p_end < p_start))
-	    {
-	      einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
-		       " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
-		     s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
-	      sections[i].warned = TRUE;
-	    }
-	  p = s;
-	  p_start = s_start;
-	  p_end = s_end;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
-     exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
-     overlays.  Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
-     this property.  It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
-     that fail this test, but it would be unusual.  */
-  qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
-  overlays = FALSE;
-  p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
-  for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
-    {
-      s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
-      if (p_start == s_start)
-	{
-	  overlays = TRUE;
-	  break;
-	}
-      p_start = s_start;
-    }
-
-  /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected.  */
-  if (!overlays)
-    {
-      for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
-	{
-	  s = sections[i].sec;
-	  s_start = s->vma;
-	  s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
-
-	  if (p != NULL
-	      && !sections[i].warned
-	      && (s_start <= p_end
-		  || p_end < p_start))
-	    einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
-		     " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
-		   s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
-	  p = s;
-	  p_start = s_start;
-	  p_end = s_end;
-	}
-    }
-
-  free (sections);
-
-  /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
-     We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
-     explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
-     diagnostics are adequate for that case.
-
-     FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
-     might overflow a 32-bit integer.  There is, alas, no way to print
-     a bfd_vma quantity in decimal.  */
-  for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
-    if (m->had_full_message)
-      {
-	unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
-	einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
-			 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
-			 over),
-	       m->name_list.name, over);
-      }
-}
-
-/* Make sure the new address is within the region.  We explicitly permit the
-   current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
-   non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
-   calculation wraps around.  */
-
-static void
-os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
-		 lang_memory_region_type *region,
-		 etree_type *tree,
-		 bfd_vma rbase)
-{
-  if ((region->current < region->origin
-       || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
-      && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
-	  || rbase == 0))
-    {
-      if (tree != NULL)
-	{
-	  einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %B section `%s'"
-		   " is not within region `%s'\n"),
-		 region->current,
-		 os->bfd_section->owner,
-		 os->bfd_section->name,
-		 region->name_list.name);
-	}
-      else if (!region->had_full_message)
-	{
-	  region->had_full_message = TRUE;
-
-	  einfo (_("%X%P: %B section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
-		 os->bfd_section->owner,
-		 os->bfd_section->name,
-		 region->name_list.name);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
-			   seg_align_type *seg)
-{
-  if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
-    {
-      if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
-	seg->relro_start_stat = s;
-      else
-	{
-	  ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
-	}
-    }
-  else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
-    {
-      if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
-	seg->relro_end_stat = s;
-      else
-	{
-	  ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/* Set the sizes for all the output sections.  */
-
-static bfd_vma
-lang_size_sections_1
-  (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
-   lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
-   fill_type *fill,
-   bfd_vma dot,
-   bfd_boolean *relax,
-   bfd_boolean check_regions)
-{
-  lang_statement_union_type *s;
-
-  /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts.  */
-  for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
-    {
-      switch (s->header.type)
-	{
-	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
-	  {
-	    bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
-	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-	    lang_memory_region_type *r;
-	    int section_alignment = 0;
-
-	    os = &s->output_section_statement;
-	    if (os->constraint == -1)
-	      break;
-
-	    /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
-	       here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
-	       This is covering for coff backend linker bugs.  See PR6945.  */
-	    if (os->addr_tree == NULL
-		&& bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
-		&& (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
-		    == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
-	      os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
-	    if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
-	      {
-		os->processed_vma = FALSE;
-		exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
-
-		if (expld.result.valid_p)
-		  {
-		    dot = expld.result.value;
-		    if (expld.result.section != NULL)
-		      dot += expld.result.section->vma;
-		  }
-		else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
-		  einfo (_("%F%S: non constant or forward reference"
-			   " address expression for section %s\n"),
-			 os->addr_tree, os->name);
-	      }
-
-	    if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
-	      /* This section was removed or never actually created.  */
-	      break;
-
-	    /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
-	       address from the input section.  FIXME: This is COFF
-	       specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
-	       to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind.  */
-	    if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
-		  == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
-		 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
-		     == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
-		&& (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
-	      {
-		asection *input;
-
-		if (os->children.head == NULL
-		    || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
-		    || (os->children.head->header.type
-			!= lang_input_section_enum))
-		  einfo (_("%P%X: Internal error on COFF shared library"
-			   " section %s\n"), os->name);
-
-		input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
-		bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
-				     os->bfd_section,
-				     bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
-		os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
-		break;
-	      }
-
-	    newdot = dot;
-	    dotdelta = 0;
-	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
-	      {
-		/* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero.  */
-		ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
-	      }
-	    else
-	      {
-		if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
-		  {
-		    /* No address specified for this section, get one
-		       from the region specification.  */
-		    if (os->region == NULL
-			|| ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
-			    && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
-			    && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
-				       DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
-		      {
-			os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
-		      }
-
-		    /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
-		       region, and some non default memory regions were
-		       defined, issue an error message.  */
-		    if (!os->ignored
-			&& !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
-			&& !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
-			&& check_regions
-			&& strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
-				   DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
-			&& lang_memory_region_list != NULL
-			&& (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
-				    DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
-			    || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
-			&& expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
-		      {
-			/* By default this is an error rather than just a
-			   warning because if we allocate the section to the
-			   default memory region we can end up creating an
-			   excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
-			   attempting to perform a negative seek.  See
-			   sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
-			   for an example of this.  This behaviour can be
-			   overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
-			   switch.  */
-			if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
-			  einfo (_("%P%F: error: no memory region specified"
-				   " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
-				 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
-						       os->bfd_section));
-			else
-			  einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
-				   " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
-				 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
-						       os->bfd_section));
-		      }
-
-		    newdot = os->region->current;
-		    section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
-		  }
-		else
-		  section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
-
-		/* Align to what the section needs.  */
-		if (section_alignment > 0)
-		  {
-		    bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
-		    newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
-
-		    dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
-		    if (dotdelta != 0
-			&& (config.warn_section_align
-			    || os->addr_tree != NULL)
-			&& expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
-		      einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
-				       "section %s by %lu byte\n",
-				       "%P: warning: changing start of "
-				       "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
-				       (unsigned long) dotdelta),
-			     os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
-		  }
-
-		bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
-
-		os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
-	      }
-
-	    lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
-				  os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
-
-	    os->processed_vma = TRUE;
-
-	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
-	      /* Except for some special linker created sections,
-		 no output section should change from zero size
-		 after strip_excluded_output_sections.  A non-zero
-		 size on an ignored section indicates that some
-		 input section was not sized early enough.  */
-	      ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
-	    else
-	      {
-		dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
-
-		/* Put the section within the requested block size, or
-		   align at the block boundary.  */
-		after = ((dot
-			  + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
-			  + os->block_value - 1)
-			 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
-
-		os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after - os->bfd_section->vma);
-	      }
-
-	    /* Set section lma.  */
-	    r = os->region;
-	    if (r == NULL)
-	      r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
-
-	    if (os->load_base)
-	      {
-		bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
-		os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
-	      }
-	    else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
-	      {
-		bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
-
-		if (os->align_lma_with_input)
-		  lma += dotdelta;
-		else
-		  {
-		    /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
-		       as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
-		       from the bfd section.  If a different region, then
-		       only align according to the value in the output
-		       statement.  */
-		    if (os->lma_region != os->region)
-		      section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
-		    if (section_alignment > 0)
-		      lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
-		  }
-		os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
-	      }
-	    else if (r->last_os != NULL
-		     && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
-	      {
-		bfd_vma lma;
-		asection *last;
-
-		last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
-
-		/* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
-		   an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
-		   os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
-		   create overlapping LMAs.  */
-		if (dot < last->vma
-		    && os->bfd_section->size != 0
-		    && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
-		  {
-		    /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
-		       vma.  This is the old default lma, which might
-		       just happen to work when the backwards move is
-		       sufficiently large.  Nag if this changes anything,
-		       so people can fix their linker scripts.  */
-
-		    if (last->vma != last->lma)
-		      einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
-			       "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
-		  }
-		else
-		  {
-		    /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
-		       at the end of the previous section.  */
-		    if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
-		      lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
-
-		    /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
-		       as the previous section.  */
-		    else
-		      lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
-
-		    if (section_alignment > 0)
-		      lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
-		    os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
-		  }
-	      }
-	    os->processed_lma = TRUE;
-
-	    /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
-	       lma region.  We use this to set the lma for
-	       following sections.  Overlays or other linker
-	       script assignment to lma might mean that the
-	       default lma == vma is incorrect.
-	       To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
-	       -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
-	       of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
-	       Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
-	       track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
-	       but the lma is set differently to the vma.  This is
-	       important, if an orphan section is placed after an
-	       otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
-	       set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma.  */
-	    if (!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
-		&& (os->bfd_section->size != 0
-		    || (r->last_os == NULL
-			&& os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
-		    || (r->last_os != NULL
-			&& dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
-				   .bfd_section->vma)))
-		&& os->lma_region == NULL
-		&& !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
-	      r->last_os = s;
-
-	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
-	      break;
-
-	    /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
-	    if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
-		|| bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
-	      dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
-	    else
-	      dotdelta = 0;
-	    dot += dotdelta;
-
-	    if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
-	      exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
-
-	    /* Update dot in the region ?
-	       We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
-	       since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
-	       overall size in memory.  */
-	    if (os->region != NULL
-		&& (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
-	      {
-		os->region->current = dot;
-
-		if (check_regions)
-		  /* Make sure the new address is within the region.  */
-		  os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
-				   os->bfd_section->vma);
-
-		if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
-		    && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
-			|| os->align_lma_with_input))
-		  {
-		    os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
-
-		    if (check_regions)
-		      os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
-				       os->bfd_section->lma);
-		  }
-	      }
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
-	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
-				      output_section_statement,
-				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_data_statement_enum:
-	  {
-	    unsigned int size = 0;
-
-	    s->data_statement.output_offset =
-	      dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
-	    s->data_statement.output_section =
-	      output_section_statement->bfd_section;
-
-	    /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
-	       need to mark them as needed.  */
-	    exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
-
-	    switch (s->data_statement.type)
-	      {
-	      default:
-		abort ();
-	      case QUAD:
-	      case SQUAD:
-		size = QUAD_SIZE;
-		break;
-	      case LONG:
-		size = LONG_SIZE;
-		break;
-	      case SHORT:
-		size = SHORT_SIZE;
-		break;
-	      case BYTE:
-		size = BYTE_SIZE;
-		break;
-	      }
-	    if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
-	      size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
-	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
-	    output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
-	      = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
-
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
-	  {
-	    int size;
-
-	    s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
-	      dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
-	    s->reloc_statement.output_section =
-	      output_section_statement->bfd_section;
-	    size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
-	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
-	    output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
-	      = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
-	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
-				      output_section_statement,
-				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
-	  link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
-	    output_section_statement->bfd_section;
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_output_statement_enum:
-	case lang_target_statement_enum:
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_input_section_enum:
-	  {
-	    asection *i;
-
-	    i = s->input_section.section;
-	    if (relax)
-	      {
-		bfd_boolean again;
-
-		if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
-		  einfo (_("%P%F: can't relax section: %E\n"));
-		if (again)
-		  *relax = TRUE;
-	      }
-	    dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
-				      fill, dot);
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_input_statement_enum:
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
-	  s->fill_statement.output_section =
-	    output_section_statement->bfd_section;
-
-	  fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
-	  {
-	    bfd_vma newdot = dot;
-	    etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
-
-	    expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
-
-	    exp_fold_tree (tree,
-			   output_section_statement->bfd_section,
-			   &newdot);
-
-	    ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
-
-	    expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
-
-	    /* This symbol may be relative to this section.  */
-	    if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
-		 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
-		&& (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
-		    || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
-	      output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
-
-	    if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
-	      {
-		if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
-		  {
-		    /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
-		       the default memory address.  */
-		    lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
-					       FALSE)->current = newdot;
-		  }
-		else if (newdot != dot)
-		  {
-		    /* Insert a pad after this statement.  We can't
-		       put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
-		       assignment references dot.  */
-		    insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
-				output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
-
-		    /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing.  */
-		    s = s->header.next;
-
-		    /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
-		       should have space allocated to it, unless the
-		       user has explicitly stated that the section
-		       should not be allocated.  */
-		    if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
-			&& (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
-			    || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
-				== bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
-		      output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
-		  }
-		dot = newdot;
-	      }
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
-	  /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
-	     we won't have any padding statements.  If this is the
-	     second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
-	     padding to shrink.  If padding is needed on this pass, it
-	     will be added back in.  */
-	  s->padding_statement.size = 0;
-
-	  /* Make sure output_offset is valid.  If relaxation shrinks
-	     the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
-	     have output_offset larger than the final size of the
-	     section.  bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
-	     a pad size of zero.  */
-	  s->padding_statement.output_offset
-	    = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_group_statement_enum:
-	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
-				      output_section_statement,
-				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
-	  break;
-
-	  /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on.  */
-	case lang_address_statement_enum:
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  FAIL ();
-	  break;
-	}
-      prev = &s->header.next;
-    }
-  return dot;
-}
-
-/* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
-   The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
-   CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
-   segments.  We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision.  */
-
-bfd_boolean
-ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-				    bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-				    asection *current_section,
-				    asection *previous_section,
-				    bfd_boolean new_segment)
-{
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
-
-  /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
-     that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment.  */
-  if (new_segment)
-    return TRUE;
-
-  /* Paranoia checks.  */
-  if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
-    return new_segment;
-
-  /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
-     sections comingled in the same segment.  */
-  if (config.separate_code
-      && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
-    return TRUE;
-
-  /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
-     We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
-     of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
-     we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster.  */
-  cur  = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
-  prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
-
-  /* More paranoia.  */
-  if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
-    return new_segment;
-
-  /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
-     different segments.  See the email thread starting at the following
-     URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
-     http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html  */
-  return cur->region != prev->region;
-}
-
-void
-one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
-{
-  lang_statement_iteration++;
-  lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
-			0, 0, relax, check_regions);
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
-{
-  /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
-     a page could be saved in the data segment.  */
-  bfd_vma first, last;
-
-  first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
-  last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
-  if (first && last
-      && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
-	  != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
-      && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
-    {
-      seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
-      return TRUE;
-    }
-
-  seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
-  return FALSE;
-}
-
-static bfd_vma
-lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
-{
-  bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
-  asection *sec;
-
-  /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end.  */
-  relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
-	       & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
-
-  /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END.  */
-  desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
-
-  /* For sections in the relro segment..  */
-  for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
-    if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
-	&& sec->vma >= seg->base
-	&& sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
-      {
-	/* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
-	   desired?  */
-	bfd_vma start, end, bump;
-
-	end = start = sec->vma;
-	if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
-	  end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
-	bump = desired_end - end;
-	/* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
-	   alignment so the increase might be less than optimum.  */
-	start += bump;
-	start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
-	/* This is now the desired end for the previous section.  */
-	desired_end = start;
-      }
-
-  seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
-  ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
-  seg->base = desired_end;
-  return relro_end;
-}
-
-static bfd_boolean
-lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
-{
-  bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
-  bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
-  bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
-
-  if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
-    {
-      do_data_relro = TRUE;
-      data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
-      data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      do_data_relro = FALSE;
-      data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
-    }
-
-  if (do_data_relro)
-    {
-      lang_reset_memory_regions ();
-      one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
-
-      /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
-	 script have increased padding over the original.  Revert.  */
-      if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
-	{
-	  expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
-	  do_reset = TRUE;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
-    do_reset = TRUE;
-
-  return do_reset;
-}
-
-void
-lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
-{
-  expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
-  expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
-
-  one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
-
-  if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
-    expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
-
-  if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
-    {
-      bfd_boolean do_reset
-	= lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
-
-      if (do_reset)
-	{
-	  lang_reset_memory_regions ();
-	  one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
-	}
-
-      if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
-	{
-	  link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
-	  link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
-static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
-static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
-
-/* Worker function for lang_do_assignments.  Recursiveness goes here.  */
-
-static bfd_vma
-lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
-		       lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
-		       fill_type *fill,
-		       bfd_vma dot,
-		       bfd_boolean *found_end)
-{
-  for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
-    {
-      switch (s->header.type)
-	{
-	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
-	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
-				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
-	  {
-	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-	    bfd_vma newdot;
-
-	    os = &(s->output_section_statement);
-	    os->after_end = *found_end;
-	    if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
-	      {
-		if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
-		  {
-		    current_section = os;
-		    prefer_next_section = FALSE;
-		  }
-		dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
-	      }
-	    newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
-					    os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
-	    if (!os->ignored)
-	      {
-		if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
-		  {
-		    /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
-		    if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
-			|| bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
-		      dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
-
-		    if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
-		      exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
-				     bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
-		  }
-		else
-		  dot = newdot;
-	      }
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
-
-	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
-				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
-	case lang_output_statement_enum:
-	case lang_target_statement_enum:
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_data_statement_enum:
-	  exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
-	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
-	    {
-	      s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
-	      if (expld.result.section != NULL)
-		s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
-	    }
-	  else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
-	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
-	  {
-	    unsigned int size;
-	    switch (s->data_statement.type)
-	      {
-	      default:
-		abort ();
-	      case QUAD:
-	      case SQUAD:
-		size = QUAD_SIZE;
-		break;
-	      case LONG:
-		size = LONG_SIZE;
-		break;
-	      case SHORT:
-		size = SHORT_SIZE;
-		break;
-	      case BYTE:
-		size = BYTE_SIZE;
-		break;
-	      }
-	    if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
-	      size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
-	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
-	  exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
-			 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
-	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
-	    s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
-	  else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
-	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
-	  dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_input_section_enum:
-	  {
-	    asection *in = s->input_section.section;
-
-	    if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
-	      dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_input_statement_enum:
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
-	  fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
-	  current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
-	  if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
-	    {
-	      const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
-
-	      if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
-		prefer_next_section = TRUE;
-
-	      while (*p == '_')
-		++p;
-	      if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
-		*found_end = TRUE;
-	    }
-	  exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
-			 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
-			  ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
-			 &dot);
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
-	  dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_group_statement_enum:
-	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
-				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
-	  break;
-
-	case lang_address_statement_enum:
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  FAIL ();
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-  return dot;
-}
-
-void
-lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
-{
-  bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
-
-  current_section = NULL;
-  prefer_next_section = FALSE;
-  expld.phase = phase;
-  lang_statement_iteration++;
-  lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
-			 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
-}
-
-/* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
-   choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
-   of "dot".  */
-
-asection *
-section_for_dot (void)
-{
-  asection *s;
-
-  /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
-     has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
-     assignments belong to the next output section.  (The assumption
-     is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
-     next output section.)  Except that past the assignment to "_end"
-     we always associate with the previous section.  This exception is
-     for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
-     weirdness after non-alloc sections.  */
-  if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
-    {
-      lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
-      lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-
-      for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
-	   stmt != NULL;
-	   stmt = stmt->header.next)
-	if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
-	  break;
-
-      os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
-      while (os != NULL
-	     && !os->after_end
-	     && (os->bfd_section == NULL
-		 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
-		 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
-						   os->bfd_section)))
-	os = os->next;
-
-      if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
-	{
-	  if (os != NULL)
-	    s = os->bfd_section;
-	  else
-	    s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
-	  while (s != NULL
-		 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
-		     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
-	    s = s->prev;
-	  if (s != NULL)
-	    return s;
-
-	  return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
-	}
-    }
-
-  s = current_section->bfd_section;
-
-  /* The section may have been stripped.  */
-  while (s != NULL
-	 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
-	     || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
-	     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
-	     || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
-    s = s->prev;
-  if (s == NULL)
-    s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
-  while (s != NULL
-	 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
-	     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
-    s = s->next;
-  if (s != NULL)
-    return s;
-
-  return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
-}
-
-/* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols.  */
-
-static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
-static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
-static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
-
-/* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
-   to start_stop_syms.  */
-
-static void
-lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
-{
-  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
-
-  h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
-  if (h != NULL)
-    {
-      if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
-	{
-	  start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
-	  start_stop_syms
-	    = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
-			start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
-	}
-      start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Check for input sections whose names match references to
-   __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols.  Give the symbols
-   preliminary definitions.  */
-
-static void
-lang_init_start_stop (void)
-{
-  bfd *abfd;
-  asection *s;
-  char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
-
-  for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
-    for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
-      {
-	const char *ps;
-	const char *secname = s->name;
-
-	for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
-	  if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
-	    break;
-	if (*ps == '\0')
-	  {
-	    char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
-
-	    symbol[0] = leading_char;
-	    sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
-	    lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
-
-	    symbol[1] = leading_char;
-	    memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
-	    lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
-
-	    free (symbol);
-	  }
-      }
-}
-
-/* Iterate over start_stop_syms.  */
-
-static void
-foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
-{
-  size_t i;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
-    func (start_stop_syms[i]);
-}
-
-/* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
-   linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
-   map to an output section of the same name.  The symbols were
-   defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
-   sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule.  */
-
-static void
-undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
-{
-  if (h->ldscript_def)
-    return;
-
-  if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
-      || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
-      || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
-		 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
-    {
-      h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
-      h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-lang_undef_start_stop (void)
-{
-  foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
-}
-
-/* Check for output sections whose names match references to
-   .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols.  Give the symbols
-   preliminary definitions.  */
-
-static void
-lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
-{
-  asection *s;
-
-  for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
-    {
-      const char *secname = s->name;
-      char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
-
-      sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
-      lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
-
-      memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
-      lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
-      free (symbol);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values.  */
-
-static void
-set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
-{
-  if (h->ldscript_def
-      || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
-    return;
-
-  if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
-    {
-      /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
-	 .startof. already has final value.  */
-      if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
-	{
-	  /* .sizeof.  */
-	  h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
-	  h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* __start or __stop symbol.  */
-      int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
-
-      h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
-      if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
-	{
-	  /* __stop_ */
-	  h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
-{
-  foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
-}
-
-static void
-lang_end (void)
-{
-  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
-  bfd_boolean warn;
-
-  if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
-      || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
-    warn = entry_from_cmdline;
-  else
-    warn = TRUE;
-
-  /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
-     --gc-sections.  */
-  if (link_info.gc_sections && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
-      && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
-    einfo (_("%P%F: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
-	     "an undefined symbol\n"));
-
-  if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
-    {
-      /* No entry has been specified.  Look for the default entry, but
-	 don't warn if we don't find it.  */
-      entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
-      warn = FALSE;
-    }
-
-  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
-			    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
-  if (h != NULL
-      && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
-	  || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
-      && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
-    {
-      bfd_vma val;
-
-      val = (h->u.def.value
-	     + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
-				    h->u.def.section->output_section)
-	     + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
-      if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
-	einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      bfd_vma val;
-      const char *send;
-
-      /* We couldn't find the entry symbol.  Try parsing it as a
-	 number.  */
-      val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
-      if (*send == '\0')
-	{
-	  if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
-	    einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  asection *ts;
-
-	  /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number.  Use
-	     the first address in the text section.  */
-	  ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
-	  if (ts != NULL)
-	    {
-	      if (warn)
-		einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
-			 " defaulting to %V\n"),
-		       entry_symbol.name,
-		       bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
-	      if (!(bfd_set_start_address
-		    (link_info.output_bfd,
-		     bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
-		einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      if (warn)
-		einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
-			 " not setting start address\n"),
-		       entry_symbol.name);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
-   BFD.  */
-
-static void
-ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-		   va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
-  /* Don't do anything.  */
-}
-
-/* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
-   with the output file.  Also call the backend to let it do any
-   other checking that is needed.  */
-
-static void
-lang_check (void)
-{
-  lang_statement_union_type *file;
-  bfd *input_bfd;
-  const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
-
-  for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
-    {
-#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
-      /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin.  */
-      if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
-	continue;
-#endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
-      input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
-      compatible
-	= bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
-				   command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
-
-      /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
-	 link between differing object formats when the input
-	 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
-	 input format may not have equivalent representations in
-	 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
-	 relocs for other link purposes than a final link).  */
-      if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
-	   || link_info.emitrelocations)
-	  && (compatible == NULL
-	      || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
-		  != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
-	  && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
-	{
-	  einfo (_("%P%F: Relocatable linking with relocations from"
-		   " format %s (%B) to format %s (%B) is not supported\n"),
-		 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
-		 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
-	  /* einfo with %F exits.  */
-	}
-
-      if (compatible == NULL)
-	{
-	  if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
-	    einfo (_("%P%X: %s architecture of input file `%B'"
-		     " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
-		   bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
-		   bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
-	}
-      else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
-	{
-	  /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
-	     private data of the output bfd.  */
-
-	  bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
-
-	  /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
-	     files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
-	     function which will do nothing.  We still want to call
-	     bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
-	     information which is needed in the output file.  */
-	  if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
-	    pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
-	  if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
-	    {
-	      if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
-		einfo (_("%P%X: failed to merge target specific data"
-			 " of file %B\n"), input_bfd);
-	    }
-	  if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
-	    bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
-   correct section.  The -sort-common command line switch may be used
-   to roughly sort the entries by alignment.  */
-
-static void
-lang_common (void)
-{
-  if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
-    return;
-  if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
-      && !command_line.force_common_definition)
-    return;
-
-  if (!config.sort_common)
-    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
-  else
-    {
-      unsigned int power;
-
-      if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
-	{
-	  for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
-	    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
-
-	  power = 0;
-	  bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
-	    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
-
-	  power = (unsigned int) -1;
-	  bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-/* Place one common symbol in the correct section.  */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
-{
-  unsigned int power_of_two;
-  bfd_vma size;
-  asection *section;
-
-  if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
-    return TRUE;
-
-  size = h->u.c.size;
-  power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
-
-  if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
-      && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
-    return TRUE;
-  else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
-	   && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
-    return TRUE;
-
-  section = h->u.c.p->section;
-  if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
-    einfo (_("%P%F: Could not define common symbol `%T': %E\n"),
-	   h->root.string);
-
-  if (config.map_file != NULL)
-    {
-      static bfd_boolean header_printed;
-      int len;
-      char *name;
-      char buf[50];
-
-      if (!header_printed)
-	{
-	  minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
-	  minfo (_("Common symbol       size              file\n\n"));
-	  header_printed = TRUE;
-	}
-
-      name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
-			   DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
-      if (name == NULL)
-	{
-	  minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
-	  len = strlen (h->root.string);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  minfo ("%s", name);
-	  len = strlen (name);
-	  free (name);
-	}
-
-      if (len >= 19)
-	{
-	  print_nl ();
-	  len = 0;
-	}
-      while (len < 20)
-	{
-	  print_space ();
-	  ++len;
-	}
-
-      minfo ("0x");
-      if (size <= 0xffffffff)
-	sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
-      else
-	sprintf_vma (buf, size);
-      minfo ("%s", buf);
-      len = strlen (buf);
-
-      while (len < 16)
-	{
-	  print_space ();
-	  ++len;
-	}
-
-      minfo ("%B\n", section->owner);
-    }
-
-  return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
-   output section.  The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
-   option are handled here.  */
-
-static void
-ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
-{
-  if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
-    {
-      lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-      os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
-						 TRUE);
-      if (os->addr_tree == NULL
-	  && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
-	      || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
-	os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
-      lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-      const char *name = s->name;
-      int constraint = 0;
-
-      if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
-	einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%A' from `%B'.\n"),
-	       s, s->owner);
-
-      if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
-	constraint = SPECIAL;
-
-      os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
-      if (os == NULL)
-	{
-	  os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
-	  if (os->addr_tree == NULL
-	      && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
-		  || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
-	    os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
-	  lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
-	}
-
-      if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
-	einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%A' from `%B' being "
-		 "placed in section `%s'.\n"),
-	       s, s->owner, os->name);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
-   somewhere to go.  If one is found without a destination then create
-   an input request and place it into the statement tree.  */
-
-static void
-lang_place_orphans (void)
-{
-  LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
-    {
-      asection *s;
-
-      for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
-	{
-	  if (s->output_section == NULL)
-	    {
-	      /* This section of the file is not attached, root
-		 around for a sensible place for it to go.  */
-
-	      if (file->flags.just_syms)
-		bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
-	      else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
-		s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
-	      else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
-		{
-		  /* This is a lonely common section which must have
-		     come from an archive.  We attach to the section
-		     with the wildcard.  */
-		  if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
-		      || command_line.force_common_definition)
-		    {
-		      if (default_common_section == NULL)
-			default_common_section
-			  = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
-								  TRUE);
-		      lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
-					NULL, default_common_section);
-		    }
-		}
-	      else
-		ldlang_place_orphan (s);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-void
-lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
-{
-  flagword *ptr_flags;
-
-  ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
-
-  while (*flags)
-    {
-      switch (*flags)
-	{
-	  /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
-	     the sense of any of the attributes that follow.  */
-	case '!':
-	  invert = !invert;
-	  ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'A': case 'a':
-	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'R': case 'r':
-	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'W': case 'w':
-	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'X': case 'x':
-	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'L': case 'l':
-	case 'I': case 'i':
-	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  einfo (_("%P%F: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
-		 *flags, *flags);
-	  break;
-	}
-      flags++;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Call a function on each input file.  This function will be called
-   on an archive, but not on the elements.  */
-
-void
-lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
-{
-  lang_input_statement_type *f;
-
-  for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
-       f != NULL;
-       f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
-    func (f);
-}
-
-/* Call a function on each file.  The function will be called on all
-   the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
-   not be called on the archive file itself.  */
-
-void
-lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
-{
-  LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
-    {
-      func (f);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
-{
-  lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
-			 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
-			 &entry->next);
-
-  /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
-     a link.  */
-  ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
-  ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
-
-  *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
-  link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
-  entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
-  bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
-
-  /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
-     included in the link.  We need to do this now, so that we can
-     notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
-     definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
-     going to link.  FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
-     symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
-     discarded.  This would require modifying the backend linker for
-     each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag.  If we do
-     this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way.  */
-
-  bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
-}
-
-void
-lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
-{
-  /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script.  */
-  if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
-    {
-      output_filename = name;
-      had_output_filename = TRUE;
-    }
-}
-
-static int
-topower (int x)
-{
-  unsigned int i = 1;
-  int l;
-
-  if (x < 0)
-    return -1;
-
-  for (l = 0; l < 32; l++)
-    {
-      if (i >= (unsigned int) x)
-	return l;
-      i <<= 1;
-    }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-lang_output_section_statement_type *
-lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
-				     etree_type *address_exp,
-				     enum section_type sectype,
-				     etree_type *align,
-				     etree_type *subalign,
-				     etree_type *ebase,
-				     int constraint,
-				     int align_with_input)
-{
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-
-  os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
-					     constraint, TRUE);
-  current_section = os;
-
-  if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
-    {
-      os->addr_tree = address_exp;
-    }
-  os->sectype = sectype;
-  if (sectype != noload_section)
-    os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
-  else
-    os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
-  os->block_value = 1;
-
-  /* Make next things chain into subchain of this.  */
-  push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
-
-  os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
-  if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
-    einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
-	   NULL);
-
-  os->subsection_alignment =
-    topower (exp_get_value_int (subalign, -1, "subsection alignment"));
-  os->section_alignment =
-    topower (exp_get_value_int (align, -1, "section alignment"));
-
-  os->load_base = ebase;
-  return os;
-}
-
-void
-lang_final (void)
-{
-  lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
-
-  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
-  new_stmt->name = output_filename;
-}
-
-/* Reset the current counters in the regions.  */
-
-void
-lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
-{
-  lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
-  asection *o;
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-
-  for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
-    {
-      p->current = p->origin;
-      p->last_os = NULL;
-    }
-
-  for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
-       os != NULL;
-       os = os->next)
-    {
-      os->processed_vma = FALSE;
-      os->processed_lma = FALSE;
-    }
-
-  for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
-    {
-      /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section.  */
-      o->rawsize = o->size;
-      o->size = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1.  */
-
-static void
-gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
-		     struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-		     asection *section,
-		     struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-		     lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-		     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
-{
-  /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
-     should be as well.  */
-  if (ptr->keep_sections)
-    section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
-}
-
-/* Iterate over sections marking them against GC.  */
-
-static void
-lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
-{
-  for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
-    {
-      switch (s->header.type)
-	{
-	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
-	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
-	  break;
-	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
-	  lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
-	  break;
-	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
-	  lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
-	  break;
-	case lang_group_statement_enum:
-	  lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-lang_gc_sections (void)
-{
-  /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script.  */
-  lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
-
-  /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
-     the special case of debug info.  (See bfd/stabs.c)
-     Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code.  */
-  if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
-    {
-      LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
-	{
-	  asection *sec;
-#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
-	  if (f->flags.claimed)
-	    continue;
-#endif
-	  for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
-	    if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
-	      sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (link_info.gc_sections)
-    bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
-}
-
-/* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1.  */
-
-static void
-find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-			     struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-			     asection *section,
-			     struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-			     lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
-			     void *data)
-{
-  /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
-     size.  */
-  if (section->output_section != NULL
-      && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
-      && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
-      && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
-      && section->size != 0)
-    {
-      bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
-      *has_relro_section = TRUE;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Iterate over sections for relro sections.  */
-
-static void
-lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
-			    seg_align_type *seg,
-			    bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
-{
-  if (*has_relro_section)
-    return;
-
-  for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
-    {
-      if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
-	break;
-
-      switch (s->header.type)
-	{
-	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
-	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
-		     find_relro_section_callback,
-		     has_relro_section);
-	  break;
-	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
-	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
-				      seg, has_relro_section);
-	  break;
-	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
-	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
-				      seg, has_relro_section);
-	  break;
-	case lang_group_statement_enum:
-	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
-				      seg, has_relro_section);
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-lang_find_relro_sections (void)
-{
-  bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
-
-  /* Check all sections in the link script.  */
-
-  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
-			      &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
-
-  if (!has_relro_section)
-    link_info.relro = FALSE;
-}
-
-/* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
-
-void
-lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
-{
-  if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
-    {
-      /* We may need more than one relaxation pass.  */
-      int i = link_info.relax_pass;
-
-      /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass.  */
-      link_info.relax_pass = 0;
-
-      while (i--)
-	{
-	  /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
-	  bfd_boolean relax_again;
-
-	  link_info.relax_trip = -1;
-	  do
-	    {
-	      link_info.relax_trip++;
-
-	      /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also.  If you find
-		 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
-		 pe-dll.c also.  DJ  */
-
-	      /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
-		 section sizes.  */
-	      lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
-
-	      /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
-		 size.  */
-	      lang_reset_memory_regions ();
-
-	      /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
-		 globals are, so can make a better guess.  */
-	      relax_again = FALSE;
-	      lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
-	    }
-	  while (relax_again);
-
-	  link_info.relax_pass++;
-	}
-      need_layout = TRUE;
-    }
-
-  if (need_layout)
-    {
-      /* Final extra sizing to report errors.  */
-      lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
-      lang_reset_memory_regions ();
-      lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
-    }
-}
-
-#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
-/* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files.  We
-   place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
-   first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
-   object file immediately preceding the archive.  In the event
-   no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
-   object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
-   the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
-   is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
-   input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
-   inserted at the head of the file_chain.  */
-
-static lang_input_statement_type *
-find_replacements_insert_point (void)
-{
-  lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
-  lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
-  for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
-       claim1 != NULL;
-       claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
-    {
-      if (claim1->flags.claimed)
-	return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
-      /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file.  */
-      if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
-	lastobject = claim1;
-    }
-  /* No files were claimed by the plugin.  Choose the last object
-     file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
-     insert point.  */
-  return lastobject;
-}
-
-/* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
-   added during a rescan.  */
-
-static lang_statement_union_type **
-find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
-{
-  bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
-  lang_input_statement_type *f;
-  lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
-  lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
-  lang_statement_union_type **iter = NULL;
-
-  if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
-    add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
-
-  /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
-     before the one we've rescanned.  Normal object files always
-     appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
-     lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
-     file chain if it is full of archive elements.  Archives don't
-     appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
-     then their input_statement->next points at it.  */
-  for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
-       f != NULL;
-       f = &f->next_real_file->input_statement)
-    {
-      if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
-	{
-	  before = last_loaded;
-	  if (f->next != NULL)
-	    return &f->next->input_statement.next;
-	}
-      if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
-	last_loaded = f;
-    }
-
-  for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
-       *iter != NULL;
-       iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
-    if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
-      break;
-
-  return iter;
-}
-
-/* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
-   on FIELD as the next-pointer.  (Counterintuitively does not need
-   a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.)  */
-
-static void
-lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
-			lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
-			lang_statement_union_type **field)
-{
-  *(srclist->tail) = *field;
-  *field = srclist->head;
-  if (destlist->tail == field)
-    destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
-}
-
-/* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
-   was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST.  */
-
-static void
-lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
-		       lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
-{
-  union lang_statement_union **savetail;
-  /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST.  */
-  ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
-  savetail = origlist->tail;
-  origlist->head = *(savetail);
-  origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
-  destlist->tail = savetail;
-  *savetail = NULL;
-}
-#endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
-
-/* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points.  */
-
-void
-lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
-{
-  struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
-
-  if (name == NULL)
-    return;
-
-  sym = (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
-
-  sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
-  sym->name = name;
-  link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
-}
-
-/* Check relocations.  */
-
-static void
-lang_check_relocs (void)
-{
-  if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
-    {
-      bfd *abfd;
-
-      for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
-	   abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
-	if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
-	  {
-	    /* No object output, fail return.  */
-	    config.make_executable = FALSE;
-	    /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
-	       continue the scan in case there are other
-	       bad relocations to report.  */
-	  }
-    }
-}
-
-/* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
-   propagate forward the lma region.  */
-
-static void
-lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
-{
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-
-  for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
-       os != NULL;
-       os = os->next)
-    {
-      if (os->prev != NULL
-	  && os->lma_region == NULL
-	  && os->load_base == NULL
-	  && os->addr_tree == NULL
-	  && os->region == os->prev->region)
-	os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-lang_process (void)
-{
-  /* Finalize dynamic list.  */
-  if (link_info.dynamic_list)
-    lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
-
-  current_target = default_target;
-
-  /* Open the output file.  */
-  lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
-  init_opb ();
-
-  ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
-
-  /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line.  */
-  lang_place_undefineds ();
-
-  if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
-    einfo (_("%P%F: Failed to create hash table\n"));
-
-  /* Create a bfd for each input file.  */
-  current_target = default_target;
-  lang_statement_iteration++;
-  open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
-
-#ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
-  if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
-    {
-      lang_statement_list_type added;
-      lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
-
-      /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
-	 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
-	 emulation's after_open hook.  We create a private list of
-	 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
-	 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
-	 file.  */
-      added = *stat_ptr;
-      /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony.  */
-      files = file_chain;
-      inputfiles = input_file_chain;
-      if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
-	einfo (_("%P%F: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
-	       plugin_error_plugin ());
-      /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains.  */
-      open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
-      /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added.  */
-      lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
-      /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists.  */
-      lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
-      lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
-      /* Were any new files added?  */
-      if (added.head != NULL)
-	{
-	  /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
-	     after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin.  */
-	  plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
-	  /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
-	     don't really have a good idea where to place them.  Just putting
-	     them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
-	     outside the crtbegin...crtend range.  */
-	  ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
-	  /* Splice the new statement list into the old one.  */
-	  lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
-				  &plugin_insert->header.next);
-	  /* Likewise for the file chains.  */
-	  lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
-				  &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
-	  /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
-	     insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
-	     point chosen is the dummy first input file.  */
-	  if (plugin_insert->filename)
-	    lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
-	  else
-	    lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
-
-	  /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared.  */
-	  files = file_chain;
-	  lang_statement_iteration++;
-	  open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
-	  lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
-	  while (files.head != NULL)
-	    {
-	      lang_statement_union_type **insert;
-	      lang_statement_union_type **iter, *temp;
-	      bfd *my_arch;
-
-	      insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
-	      /* All elements from an archive can be added at once.  */
-	      iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
-	      my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
-	      if (my_arch != NULL)
-		for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->input_statement.next)
-		  if ((*iter)->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
-		    break;
-	      temp = *insert;
-	      *insert = files.head;
-	      files.head = *iter;
-	      *iter = temp;
-	      if (my_arch != NULL)
-		{
-		  lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
-		  if (parent != NULL)
-		    parent->next = (lang_statement_union_type *)
-		      ((char *) iter
-		       - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-#endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
-
-  /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
-     before now.  */
-  ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
-
-  link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
-
-  if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
-    {
-      link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
-
-      /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
-	 linker script or the -e command line option.  But if neither of
-	 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
-	 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
-	 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
-	 is called, long after this function has finished.  So detect this
-	 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
-	 points for garbage collection resolution.  */
-      lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
-    }
-
-  lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
-  lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
-
-  ldemul_after_open ();
-  if (config.map_file != NULL)
-    lang_print_asneeded ();
-
-  bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
-
-  /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures.  We call this
-     after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
-     other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
-     does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
-     link.  */
-  lang_check ();
-
-  /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so.  */
-  if (command_line.version_exports_section)
-    lang_do_version_exports_section ();
-
-  /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
-     files.  */
-  ldctor_build_sets ();
-
-  /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that  ELF
-     gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols.  Must
-     be done before lang_do_assignments below.  */
-  if (config.build_constructors)
-    lang_init_start_stop ();
-
-  /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
-     collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved.  */
-  lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
-
-  lang_do_memory_regions();
-  expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
-
-  /* Size up the common data.  */
-  lang_common ();
-
-  /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to.  */
-  lang_gc_sections ();
-
-  /* Check relocations.  */
-  lang_check_relocs ();
-
-  ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
-
-  /* Update wild statements.  */
-  update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
-
-  /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
-     to the correct output sections.  */
-  lang_statement_iteration++;
-  map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
-
-  process_insert_statements ();
-
-  /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them.  */
-  lang_place_orphans ();
-
-  if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
-    {
-      asection *found;
-
-      /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections.  This has to be done after GC of
-	 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
-	 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
-	 is hard then.  */
-      bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
-
-      /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it.  */
-      found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
-
-      if (found != NULL)
-	{
-	  if (config.text_read_only)
-	    found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
-	  else
-	    found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region.  */
-  lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
-
-  /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
-     around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
-     defined when they should not be.  Fix them now.  */
-  if (config.build_constructors)
-    lang_undef_start_stop ();
-
-  /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
-     dynamic symbols are created.  */
-  if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
-    lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
-
-  /* Do anything special before sizing sections.  This is where ELF
-     and other back-ends size dynamic sections.  */
-  ldemul_before_allocation ();
-
-  /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
-     section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS.  */
-  lang_record_phdrs ();
-
-  /* Check relro sections.  */
-  if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
-    lang_find_relro_sections ();
-
-  /* Size up the sections.  */
-  lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
-
-  /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
-     everything is.  This is where relaxation is done.  */
-  ldemul_after_allocation ();
-
-  /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols.  */
-  lang_finalize_start_stop ();
-
-  /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final resting places
-     of all the symbols.  */
-  lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
-
-  ldemul_finish ();
-
-  /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative.  */
-  ldexp_finalize_syms ();
-
-  /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense.  */
-  if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
-    lang_check_section_addresses ();
-
-  /* Check any required symbols are known.  */
-  ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
-
-  lang_end ();
-}
-
-/* EXPORTED TO YACC */
-
-void
-lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
-	       struct wildcard_list *section_list,
-	       bfd_boolean keep_sections)
-{
-  struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
-  lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
-
-  /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front.  */
-  for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
-       curr != NULL;
-       section_list = curr, curr = next)
-    {
-      next = curr->next;
-      curr->next = section_list;
-    }
-
-  if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
-    {
-      if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
-	filespec->name = NULL;
-      else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
-	lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
-    }
-
-  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
-  new_stmt->filename = NULL;
-  new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
-  new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
-  new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
-  if (filespec != NULL)
-    {
-      new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
-      new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
-      new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
-      new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
-    }
-  new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
-  new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
-  lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
-  analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
-}
-
-void
-lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
-		    const segment_type *segment)
-{
-  lang_address_statement_type *ad;
-
-  ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
-  ad->section_name = name;
-  ad->address = address;
-  ad->segment = segment;
-}
-
-/* Set the start symbol to NAME.  CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
-   because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
-   called by ENTRY in a linker script.  Command line arguments take
-   precedence.  */
-
-void
-lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
-{
-  if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
-      || cmdline
-      || !entry_from_cmdline)
-    {
-      entry_symbol.name = name;
-      entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Set the default start symbol to NAME.  .em files should use this,
-   not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
-   linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point.  NAME
-   must be permanently allocated.  */
-void
-lang_default_entry (const char *name)
-{
-  entry_symbol_default = name;
-}
-
-void
-lang_add_target (const char *name)
-{
-  lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
-
-  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
-  new_stmt->target = name;
-}
-
-void
-lang_add_map (const char *name)
-{
-  while (*name)
-    {
-      switch (*name)
-	{
-	case 'F':
-	  map_option_f = TRUE;
-	  break;
-	}
-      name++;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
-{
-  lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
-
-  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
-  new_stmt->fill = fill;
-}
-
-void
-lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
-{
-  lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
-
-  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
-  new_stmt->exp = exp;
-  new_stmt->type = type;
-}
-
-/* Create a new reloc statement.  RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
-   generate.  HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
-   look this up, but the caller has already done so).  SECTION is the
-   section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
-   symbol to generate a reloc against.  Exactly one of SECTION and
-   NAME must be NULL.  ADDEND is an expression for the addend.  */
-
-void
-lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
-		reloc_howto_type *howto,
-		asection *section,
-		const char *name,
-		union etree_union *addend)
-{
-  lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
-
-  p->reloc = reloc;
-  p->howto = howto;
-  p->section = section;
-  p->name = name;
-  p->addend_exp = addend;
-
-  p->addend_value = 0;
-  p->output_section = NULL;
-  p->output_offset = 0;
-}
-
-lang_assignment_statement_type *
-lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
-{
-  lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
-
-  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
-  new_stmt->exp = exp;
-  return new_stmt;
-}
-
-void
-lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
-{
-  new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
-}
-
-void
-lang_startup (const char *name)
-{
-  if (first_file->filename != NULL)
-    {
-      einfo (_("%P%F: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
-    }
-  first_file->filename = name;
-  first_file->local_sym_name = name;
-  first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
-{
-  lang_float_flag = maybe;
-}
-
-
-/* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
-   store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
-
-   MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
-   DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
-   LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
-   statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
-   had an explicit load address.
-
-   It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address.  */
-
-static void
-lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
-		  lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
-		  const char *memspec,
-		  const char *lma_memspec,
-		  bfd_boolean have_lma,
-		  bfd_boolean have_vma)
-{
-  *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
-
-  /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
-     has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
-     as well.  */
-  if (lma_memspec != NULL
-      && !have_vma
-      && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
-    *region = *lma_region;
-  else
-    *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
-
-  if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
-    einfo (_("%X%P:%S: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
-	   NULL);
-}
-
-void
-lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
-				     lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
-				     const char *lma_memspec)
-{
-  lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
-		    &current_section->lma_region,
-		    memspec, lma_memspec,
-		    current_section->load_base != NULL,
-		    current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
-
-  current_section->fill = fill;
-  current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
-  pop_stat_ptr ();
-}
-
-void
-lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
-		       lang_statement_union_type *element,
-		       lang_statement_union_type **field)
-{
-  *(list->tail) = element;
-  list->tail = field;
-}
-
-/* Set the output format type.  -oformat overrides scripts.  */
-
-void
-lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
-			const char *big,
-			const char *little,
-			int from_script)
-{
-  if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
-    {
-      if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
-	  && big != NULL)
-	format = big;
-      else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
-	       && little != NULL)
-	format = little;
-
-      output_target = format;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
-{
-  lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
-
-  new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
-  new_stmt->where = where;
-  new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
-  saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
-}
-
-/* Enter a group.  This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
-   stat_ptr to build new statements within the group.  */
-
-void
-lang_enter_group (void)
-{
-  lang_group_statement_type *g;
-
-  g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
-  lang_list_init (&g->children);
-  push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
-}
-
-/* Leave a group.  This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
-   regular list of statements again.  Note that this will not work if
-   groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
-   but currently they can't.  */
-
-void
-lang_leave_group (void)
-{
-  pop_stat_ptr ();
-}
-
-/* Add a new program header.  This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
-   command in a linker script.  */
-
-void
-lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
-	       etree_type *type,
-	       bfd_boolean filehdr,
-	       bfd_boolean phdrs,
-	       etree_type *at,
-	       etree_type *flags)
-{
-  struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
-  bfd_boolean hdrs;
-
-  n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
-  n->next = NULL;
-  n->name = name;
-  n->type = exp_get_value_int (type, 0, "program header type");
-  n->filehdr = filehdr;
-  n->phdrs = phdrs;
-  n->at = at;
-  n->flags = flags;
-
-  hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
-
-  for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
-    if (hdrs
-	&& (*pp)->type == 1
-	&& !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
-      {
-	einfo (_("%X%P:%S: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
-		 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
-	hdrs = FALSE;
-      }
-
-  *pp = n;
-}
-
-/* Record the program header information in the output BFD.  FIXME: We
-   should not be calling an ELF specific function here.  */
-
-static void
-lang_record_phdrs (void)
-{
-  unsigned int alc;
-  asection **secs;
-  lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
-  struct lang_phdr *l;
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-
-  alc = 10;
-  secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
-  last = NULL;
-
-  for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
-    {
-      unsigned int c;
-      flagword flags;
-      bfd_vma at;
-
-      c = 0;
-      for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
-	   os != NULL;
-	   os = os->next)
-	{
-	  lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
-
-	  if (os->constraint < 0)
-	    continue;
-
-	  pl = os->phdrs;
-	  if (pl != NULL)
-	    last = pl;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      if (os->sectype == noload_section
-		  || os->bfd_section == NULL
-		  || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
-		continue;
-
-	      /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header.  */
-	      if (l->type == 3)
-		continue;
-
-	      if (last == NULL)
-		{
-		  lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
-
-		  /* If we have not run across a section with a program
-		     header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
-		     one.  This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
-		     behaviour when a script has specified just a single
-		     header and there are sections in that script which are
-		     not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
-		     use of that header. See here for more details:
-		     http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html  */
-		  for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
-		    if (tmp_os->phdrs)
-		      {
-			last = tmp_os->phdrs;
-			break;
-		      }
-		  if (last == NULL)
-		    einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
-		}
-	      pl = last;
-	    }
-
-	  if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
-	    continue;
-
-	  for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
-	    {
-	      if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
-		{
-		  if (c >= alc)
-		    {
-		      alc *= 2;
-		      secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
-						     alc * sizeof (asection *));
-		    }
-		  secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
-		  ++c;
-		  pl->used = TRUE;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-
-      if (l->flags == NULL)
-	flags = 0;
-      else
-	flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
-
-      if (l->at == NULL)
-	at = 0;
-      else
-	at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
-
-      if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
-			    l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
-			    at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
-	einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
-    }
-
-  free (secs);
-
-  /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded.  */
-  for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
-       os != NULL;
-       os = os->next)
-    {
-      lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
-
-      if (os->constraint < 0
-	  || os->bfd_section == NULL)
-	continue;
-
-      for (pl = os->phdrs;
-	   pl != NULL;
-	   pl = pl->next)
-	if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
-	  einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
-		 os->name, pl->name);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced.  */
-
-void
-lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
-{
-  struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
-
-  n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
-  n->next = nocrossref_list;
-  n->list = l;
-  n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
-  nocrossref_list = n;
-
-  /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols.  */
-  link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections.  */
-
-void
-lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
-{
-  lang_add_nocrossref (l);
-  nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
-}
-
-/* Overlay handling.  We handle overlays with some static variables.  */
-
-/* The overlay virtual address.  */
-static etree_type *overlay_vma;
-/* And subsection alignment.  */
-static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
-
-/* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far.  */
-static etree_type *overlay_max;
-
-/* A list of all the sections in this overlay.  */
-
-struct overlay_list {
-  struct overlay_list *next;
-  lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
-};
-
-static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
-
-/* Start handling an overlay.  */
-
-void
-lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
-{
-  /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring.  */
-  ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
-	  && overlay_subalign == NULL
-	  && overlay_max == NULL);
-
-  overlay_vma = vma_expr;
-  overlay_subalign = subalign;
-}
-
-/* Start a section in an overlay.  We handle this by calling
-   lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
-   lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions.  */
-
-void
-lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
-{
-  struct overlay_list *n;
-  etree_type *size;
-
-  lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
-				       0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
-
-  /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
-     sections on this one.  This will work correctly even if `.' is
-     used in the addresses.  */
-  if (overlay_list == NULL)
-    overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
-
-  /* Remember the section.  */
-  n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
-  n->os = current_section;
-  n->next = overlay_list;
-  overlay_list = n;
-
-  size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
-
-  /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address.  */
-  if (overlay_max == NULL)
-    overlay_max = size;
-  else
-    overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
-}
-
-/* Finish a section in an overlay.  There isn't any special to do
-   here.  */
-
-void
-lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
-			    lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
-{
-  const char *name;
-  char *clean, *s2;
-  const char *s1;
-  char *buf;
-
-  name = current_section->name;
-
-  /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
-     region and that no load-time region has been specified.  It doesn't
-     really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
-     override it.  */
-  lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
-
-  /* Define the magic symbols.  */
-
-  clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
-  s2 = clean;
-  for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
-    if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
-      *s2++ = *s1;
-  *s2 = '\0';
-
-  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
-  sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
-  lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
-				    exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
-				    FALSE));
-
-  buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
-  sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
-  lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
-				    exp_binop ('+',
-					       exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
-					       exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
-				    FALSE));
-
-  free (clean);
-}
-
-/* Finish an overlay.  If there are any overlay wide settings, this
-   looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them.  */
-
-void
-lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
-		    int nocrossrefs,
-		    fill_type *fill,
-		    const char *memspec,
-		    lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
-		    const char *lma_memspec)
-{
-  lang_memory_region_type *region;
-  lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
-  struct overlay_list *l;
-  lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
-
-  lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
-		    memspec, lma_memspec,
-		    lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
-
-  nocrossref = NULL;
-
-  /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
-     overlay region.  */
-  if (overlay_list != NULL)
-    {
-      overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
-      overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
-	= exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
-    }
-
-  l = overlay_list;
-  while (l != NULL)
-    {
-      struct overlay_list *next;
-
-      if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
-	l->os->fill = fill;
-
-      l->os->region = region;
-      l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
-
-      /* The first section has the load address specified in the
-	 OVERLAY statement.  The rest are worked out from that.
-	 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
-	 an LMA region was specified.  */
-      if (l->next == 0)
-	{
-	  l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
-	  l->os->sectype = normal_section;
-	}
-      if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
-	l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
-
-      if (nocrossrefs)
-	{
-	  lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
-
-	  nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
-	  nc->name = l->os->name;
-	  nc->next = nocrossref;
-	  nocrossref = nc;
-	}
-
-      next = l->next;
-      free (l);
-      l = next;
-    }
-
-  if (nocrossref != NULL)
-    lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
-
-  overlay_vma = NULL;
-  overlay_list = NULL;
-  overlay_max = NULL;
-  overlay_subalign = NULL;
-}
-
-/* Version handling.  This is only useful for ELF.  */
-
-/* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
-   If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
-   symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match).  */
-
-static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
-lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
-		 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
-		 const char *sym)
-{
-  const char *c_sym;
-  const char *cxx_sym = sym;
-  const char *java_sym = sym;
-  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
-  enum demangling_styles curr_style;
-
-  curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
-  cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
-  c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
-  if (!c_sym)
-    c_sym = sym;
-  cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
-
-  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
-    {
-      cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
-			      DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
-      if (!cxx_sym)
-	cxx_sym = sym;
-    }
-  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
-    {
-      java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
-      if (!java_sym)
-	java_sym = sym;
-    }
-
-  if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
-    {
-      struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
-
-      switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
-	{
-	case 0:
-	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
-	    {
-	      e.pattern = c_sym;
-	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
-		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
-	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
-		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
-		  goto out_ret;
-		else
-		  expr = expr->next;
-	    }
-	  /* Fallthrough */
-	case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
-	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
-	    {
-	      e.pattern = cxx_sym;
-	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
-		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
-	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
-		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
-		  goto out_ret;
-		else
-		  expr = expr->next;
-	    }
-	  /* Fallthrough */
-	case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
-	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
-	    {
-	      e.pattern = java_sym;
-	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
-		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
-	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
-		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
-		  goto out_ret;
-		else
-		  expr = expr->next;
-	    }
-	  /* Fallthrough */
-	default:
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Finally, try the wildcards.  */
-  if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
-    expr = head->remaining;
-  else
-    expr = prev->next;
-  for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
-    {
-      const char *s;
-
-      if (!expr->pattern)
-	continue;
-
-      if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
-	break;
-
-      if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
-	s = java_sym;
-      else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
-	s = cxx_sym;
-      else
-	s = c_sym;
-      if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
-	break;
-    }
-
- out_ret:
-  if (c_sym != sym)
-    free ((char *) c_sym);
-  if (cxx_sym != sym)
-    free ((char *) cxx_sym);
-  if (java_sym != sym)
-    free ((char *) java_sym);
-  return expr;
-}
-
-/* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
-   return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed.  */
-
-static const char *
-realsymbol (const char *pattern)
-{
-  const char *p;
-  bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
-  char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
-
-  for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
-    {
-      /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
-	 backslash.  */
-      if (backslash)
-	{
-	  /* Remove the preceding backslash.  */
-	  *(s - 1) = *p;
-	  backslash = FALSE;
-	  changed = TRUE;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
-	    {
-	      free (symbol);
-	      return NULL;
-	    }
-
-	  *s++ = *p;
-	  backslash = *p == '\\';
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (changed)
-    {
-      *s = '\0';
-      return symbol;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      free (symbol);
-      return pattern;
-    }
-}
-
-/* This is called for each variable name or match expression.  NEW_NAME is
-   the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
-   pattern to be matched against symbol names.  */
-
-struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
-lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
-		       const char *new_name,
-		       const char *lang,
-		       bfd_boolean literal_p)
-{
-  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
-
-  ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
-  ret->next = orig;
-  ret->symver = 0;
-  ret->script = 0;
-  ret->literal = TRUE;
-  ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
-  if (ret->pattern == NULL)
-    {
-      ret->pattern = new_name;
-      ret->literal = FALSE;
-    }
-
-  if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
-    ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
-  else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
-    ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
-  else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
-    ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
-  else
-    {
-      einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
-	     lang);
-      ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
-    }
-
-  return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
-}
-
-/* This is called for each set of variable names and match
-   expressions.  */
-
-struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
-lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
-		    struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
-{
-  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
-
-  ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
-  ret->globals.list = globals;
-  ret->locals.list = locals;
-  ret->match = lang_vers_match;
-  ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/* This static variable keeps track of version indices.  */
-
-static int version_index;
-
-static hashval_t
-version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
-{
-  const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
-      (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
-
-  return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
-}
-
-static int
-version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
-{
-  const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
-      (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
-  const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
-      (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
-
-  return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
-}
-
-static void
-lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
-{
-  size_t count = 0;
-  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
-  struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
-
-  for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
-    {
-      if (e->literal)
-	count++;
-      head->mask |= e->mask;
-    }
-
-  if (count)
-    {
-      head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
-				version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
-      list_loc = &head->list;
-      remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
-      for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
-	{
-	  next = e->next;
-	  if (!e->literal)
-	    {
-	      *remaining_loc = e;
-	      remaining_loc = &e->next;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
-
-	      if (*loc)
-		{
-		  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
-
-		  e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
-		  last = NULL;
-		  do
-		    {
-		      if (e1->mask == e->mask)
-			{
-			  last = NULL;
-			  break;
-			}
-		      last = e1;
-		      e1 = e1->next;
-		    }
-		  while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
-
-		  if (last == NULL)
-		    {
-		      /* This is a duplicate.  */
-		      /* FIXME: Memory leak.  Sometimes pattern is not
-			 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory.  */
-		      /* free (e->pattern); */
-		      free (e);
-		    }
-		  else
-		    {
-		      e->next = last->next;
-		      last->next = e;
-		    }
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  *loc = e;
-		  *list_loc = e;
-		  list_loc = &e->next;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-      *remaining_loc = NULL;
-      *list_loc = head->remaining;
-    }
-  else
-    head->remaining = head->list;
-}
-
-/* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
-   version.  */
-
-void
-lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
-			 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
-			 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
-{
-  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
-  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
-
-  if (name == NULL)
-    name = "";
-
-  if (link_info.version_info != NULL
-      && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
-    {
-      einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
-	       " with other version tags\n"));
-      free (version);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Make sure this node has a unique name.  */
-  for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
-    if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
-      einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
-
-  lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
-  lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
-
-  /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
-     aren't any duplicates.  */
-
-  for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
-    {
-      for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
-	{
-	  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
-
-	  if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
-	    {
-	      e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
-		  htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
-	      while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
-		{
-		  if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
-		    einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
-			     " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
-		  e2 = e2->next;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else if (!e1->literal)
-	    for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
-	      if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
-		  && e1->mask == e2->mask)
-		einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
-			 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
-	}
-    }
-
-  for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
-    {
-      for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
-	{
-	  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
-
-	  if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
-	    {
-	      e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
-		  htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
-	      while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
-		{
-		  if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
-		    einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
-			     " in version information\n"),
-			   e1->pattern);
-		  e2 = e2->next;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else if (!e1->literal)
-	    for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
-	      if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
-		  && e1->mask == e2->mask)
-		einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
-			 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
-	}
-    }
-
-  version->deps = deps;
-  version->name = name;
-  if (name[0] != '\0')
-    {
-      ++version_index;
-      version->vernum = version_index;
-    }
-  else
-    version->vernum = 0;
-
-  for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
-    ;
-  *pp = version;
-}
-
-/* This is called when we see a version dependency.  */
-
-struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
-lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
-{
-  struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
-  struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
-
-  ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
-  ret->next = list;
-
-  for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
-    {
-      if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
-	{
-	  ret->version_needed = t;
-	  return ret;
-	}
-    }
-
-  einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
-
-  ret->version_needed = NULL;
-  return ret;
-}
-
-static void
-lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
-{
-  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
-
-  LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
-    {
-      asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
-      char *contents, *p;
-      bfd_size_type len;
-
-      if (sec == NULL)
-	continue;
-
-      len = sec->size;
-      contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
-      if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
-	einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
-
-      p = contents;
-      while (p < contents + len)
-	{
-	  greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
-	  p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
-	}
-
-      /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex.  */
-
-      /* Do not include this section in the link.  */
-      sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
-    }
-
-  lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
-  lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
-			   lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
-}
-
-/* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
-
-static void
-lang_do_memory_regions (void)
-{
-  lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
-
-  for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
-    {
-      if (r->origin_exp)
-	{
-	  exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
-	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
-	    {
-	      r->origin = expld.result.value;
-	      r->current = r->origin;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
-		   r->name_list.name);
-	}
-      if (r->length_exp)
-	{
-	  exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
-	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
-	    r->length = expld.result.value;
-	  else
-	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
-		   r->name_list.name);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-void
-lang_add_unique (const char *name)
-{
-  struct unique_sections *ent;
-
-  for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
-    if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
-      return;
-
-  ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
-  ent->name = xstrdup (name);
-  ent->next = unique_section_list;
-  unique_section_list = ent;
-}
-
-/* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one.  */
-
-void
-lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
-{
-  if (link_info.dynamic_list)
-    {
-      struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
-      for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
-	;
-      tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
-      link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
-
-      d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
-      d->head.list = dynamic;
-      d->match = lang_vers_match;
-      link_info.dynamic_list = d;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
-   one.  */
-
-void
-lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
-{
-  const char *symbols[] =
-    {
-      "typeinfo name for*",
-      "typeinfo for*"
-    };
-  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
-  unsigned int i;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
-    dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
-				     FALSE);
-
-  lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
-}
-
-/* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
-   existing one.  */
-
-void
-lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
-{
-  const char *symbols[] =
-    {
-      "operator new*",
-      "operator delete*"
-    };
-  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
-  unsigned int i;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
-    dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
-				     FALSE);
-
-  lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
-}
-
-/* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features.  */
-
-void
-lang_ld_feature (char *str)
-{
-  char *p, *q;
-
-  p = str;
-  while (*p)
-    {
-      char sep;
-      while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
-	++p;
-      if (!*p)
-	break;
-      q = p + 1;
-      while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
-	++q;
-      sep = *q;
-      *q = 0;
-      if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
-	config.sane_expr = TRUE;
-      else
-	einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
-      *q = sep;
-      p = q;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Pretty print memory amount.  */
-
-static void
-lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
-{
-  if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
-    printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
-  else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
-    printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
-  else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
-    printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
-  else
-    printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
-}
-
-/* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage.  */
-
-void
-lang_print_memory_usage (void)
-{
-  lang_memory_region_type *r;
-
-  printf ("Memory region         Used Size  Region Size  %%age Used\n");
-  for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
-    {
-      bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
-      double percent;
-
-      printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
-      lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
-      lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
-
-      percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
-
-      printf ("    %6.2f%%\n", percent);
-    }
-}
diff -rupN binutils-2.30/ld/ld.texinfo binutils-2.30-new/ld/ld.texinfo
--- binutils-2.30/ld/ld.texinfo	2018-01-19 11:15:20.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.30-new/ld/ld.texinfo	2018-06-14 16:31:29.315219791 +0200
@@ -4001,6 +4001,12 @@ underscore), the linker will silently us
 If the program references @samp{etext} but does not define it, the
 linker will use the definition in the linker script.
 
+Note - the @code{PROVIDE} directive considers a common symbol to be
+defined, even though such a symbol could be combined with the symbol
+that the @code{PROVIDE} would create.  This is particularly important
+when considering constructor and destructor list symbols such as
+@samp{__CTOR_LIST__} as these are often defined as common symbols.
+
 @node PROVIDE_HIDDEN
 @subsection PROVIDE_HIDDEN
 @cindex PROVIDE_HIDDEN
diff -rupN binutils-2.30/ld/scripttempl/pep.sc binutils-2.30-new/ld/scripttempl/pep.sc
--- binutils-2.30/ld/scripttempl/pep.sc	2018-01-13 14:31:16.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.30-new/ld/scripttempl/pep.sc	2018-06-14 16:31:29.316219791 +0200
@@ -99,8 +99,22 @@ SECTIONS
     ${RELOCATING+*(.glue_7)}
     ${CONSTRUCTING+. = ALIGN(8);}
     ${CONSTRUCTING+
-       PROVIDE(___CTOR_LIST__ = .);
-       PROVIDE(__CTOR_LIST__ = .);
+       /* Note: we always define __CTOR_LIST__ and ___CTOR_LIST__ here,
+          we do not PROVIDE them.  This is because the ctors.o startup
+	  code in libgcc defines them as common symbols, with the 
+          expectation that they will be overridden by the definitions
+	  here.  If we PROVIDE the symbols then they will not be
+	  overridden and global constructors will not be run.
+	  
+	  This does mean that it is not possible for a user to define
+	  their own __CTOR_LIST__ and __DTOR_LIST__ symbols.  If that
+	  ability is needed a custom linker script will have to be
+	  used.  (The custom script can just be a copy of this script
+	  with the PROVIDE() qualifiers added).
+
+	  See PR 22762 for more details.  */
+       ___CTOR_LIST__ = .;
+       __CTOR_LIST__ = .;
        LONG (-1); LONG (-1);
        KEEP (*(.ctors));
        KEEP (*(.ctor));
@@ -108,8 +122,10 @@ SECTIONS
        LONG (0); LONG (0);
      }
     ${CONSTRUCTING+
-       PROVIDE(___DTOR_LIST__ = .);
-       PROVIDE(__DTOR_LIST__ = .);
+       /* See comment about __CTOR_LIST__ above.  The same reasoning
+    	  applies here too.  */
+       ___DTOR_LIST__ = .;
+       __DTOR_LIST__ = .;
        LONG (-1); LONG (-1);
        KEEP (*(.dtors));
        KEEP (*(.dtor));
diff -rupN binutils-2.30/ld/scripttempl/pe.sc binutils-2.30-new/ld/scripttempl/pe.sc
--- binutils-2.30/ld/scripttempl/pe.sc	2018-01-13 14:31:16.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.30-new/ld/scripttempl/pe.sc	2018-06-14 16:31:29.316219791 +0200
@@ -98,8 +98,22 @@ SECTIONS
     ${RELOCATING+*(.glue_7t)}
     ${RELOCATING+*(.glue_7)}
     ${CONSTRUCTING+
-       PROVIDE(___CTOR_LIST__ = .);
-       PROVIDE(__CTOR_LIST__ = .);
+       /* Note: we always define __CTOR_LIST__ and ___CTOR_LIST__ here,
+          we do not PROVIDE them.  This is because the ctors.o startup
+	  code in libgcc defines them as common symbols, with the 
+          expectation that they will be overridden by the definitions
+	  here.  If we PROVIDE the symbols then they will not be
+	  overridden and global constructors will not be run.
+	  
+	  This does mean that it is not possible for a user to define
+	  their own __CTOR_LIST__ and __DTOR_LIST__ symbols.  If that
+	  ability is needed a custom linker script will have to be
+	  used.  (The custom script can just be a copy of this script
+	  with the PROVIDE() qualifiers added).
+
+	  See PR 22762 for more details.  */
+       ___CTOR_LIST__ = .;
+       __CTOR_LIST__ = .;
        LONG (-1);
        KEEP(*(.ctors));
        KEEP(*(.ctor));
@@ -107,8 +121,10 @@ SECTIONS
        LONG (0);
      }
     ${CONSTRUCTING+
-       PROVIDE(___DTOR_LIST__ = .);
-       PROVIDE(__DTOR_LIST__ = .);
+       /* See comment about __CTOR_LIST__ above.  The same reasoning
+          applies here too.  */
+       ___DTOR_LIST__ = .;
+       __DTOR_LIST__ = .;
        LONG (-1);
        KEEP(*(.dtors));
        KEEP(*(.dtor));